WO2025112001A1 - Signal transmission method and apparatus, and device and medium - Google Patents
Signal transmission method and apparatus, and device and medium Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025112001A1 WO2025112001A1 PCT/CN2023/135704 CN2023135704W WO2025112001A1 WO 2025112001 A1 WO2025112001 A1 WO 2025112001A1 CN 2023135704 W CN2023135704 W CN 2023135704W WO 2025112001 A1 WO2025112001 A1 WO 2025112001A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- sequence
- parameter
- signal
- sub
- sequences
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a signal transmission method, device, equipment and medium.
- Some communication devices have difficulty receiving or processing common Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) signals due to their low complexity, and the common ZC sequence used to generate OFDM signals is no longer applicable.
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing
- the present application provides a signal transmission method, apparatus, device and medium, and the technical solution at least includes:
- a signal transmission method is provided, the method being performed by a network device, the method comprising:
- a first signal is sent, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence, and the first signal is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
- a signal transmission method is provided, the method being executed by a terminal device, the method comprising:
- a first signal is received, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence, and the first signal is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
- a signal transmission device comprising:
- the sending module is used to send a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
- a signal transmission device comprising:
- the receiving module is used to receive a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
- a communication device comprising:
- a processor ; a receiver and/or a transmitter connected to the processor; a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor;
- the communication device is used to implement the signal transmission method as described above.
- a communication device comprising: a receiver and/or a transmitter;
- the communication device is used to implement the signal transmission method as described above.
- a computer-readable storage medium in which executable instructions are stored.
- the executable instructions are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the signal transmission method as described in the above aspect.
- a computer program product which includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor of a computer device reads the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions, so that the computer device executes to implement the signal transmission method as described in the above aspects.
- a chip which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip is running, it is used to implement the signal transmission method described in the above aspects.
- a computer program includes computer instructions, and a processor of a computer device executes the computer instructions so that the computer device executes the signal transmission method as described in the above aspect.
- the binary sequence Since the first signal is generated according to a binary sequence, the binary sequence has low complexity, is easy to generate and easy to detect, and is very easy to combine with non-OFDM waveforms such as OOK waveforms, PSK waveforms, and FSK waveforms. It provides the possibility of transmitting synchronization signals and measurement signals for some communication scenarios where OFDM waveforms are difficult to use, and provides a new feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. If the receiving end of the first signal is a low-power device or a terminal device including WUR, downlink synchronization and RRM measurement can be achieved while maintaining the good characteristics of low complexity and low power consumption.
- the receiving end of the first signal is a terminal device operating in the millimeter wave frequency band
- the first signal has the advantages of simple generation, easy implementation, and power saving. Combined with the characteristics of high reliability and narrow beam of millimeter wave transmission, the first signal can meet the needs of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in the millimeter wave frequency band.
- FIG2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
- FIG4 is a schematic diagram showing a backscatter communication process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of resistive load modulation provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
- FIG6 shows a schematic diagram of a receiver provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7 shows a schematic diagram of an encoding method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of generating an m-sequence provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
- FIG9 shows a schematic diagram of generating an m-sequence provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG11 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG13 is a schematic diagram showing a cyclic shift provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG14 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG15 is a schematic diagram showing time domain resources occupied by different sequences provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram showing time domain resource mapping provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG17 is a schematic diagram showing time domain resource mapping provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG18 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG19 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG20 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG21 shows a structural block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG22 shows a structural block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present application to describe various information, these information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
- first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information.
- word "if” as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of” or "when” or "in response to determining”.
- the network device 110 in the present application provides a wireless communication function, and the network device 110 includes but is not limited to: an evolved Node B (eNB), a radio network controller (RNC), a Node B (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a home base station (e.g., Home Evolved Node B, or Home Node B, HNB), a baseband unit (BBU), an access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be a next generation Node B (Next Generation Node B) in a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system.
- eNB evolved Node B
- RNC radio network controller
- NB Node B
- BSC base station controller
- BTS base transceiver station
- HNB home base station
- BBU baseband unit
- B gNB
- TRP transmission point
- TP transmission point
- BBU baseband unit
- DU distributed unit
- B5G baseband unit
- DU distributed unit
- CN core network
- RAN radio access network
- RFID Radio Frequency Identification
- the terminal device 120 and/or the terminal device 130 in the present application are also called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, user device.
- the terminal includes but is not limited to: handheld devices, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices and Internet of Things devices, such as: electronic tags, controllers, mobile phones, tablet computers, e-book readers, laptop computers, desktop computers, televisions, game consoles, mobile Internet devices (MID), augmented reality (AR) terminals, virtual reality (VR) terminals and mixed reality (MR) terminals, wearable devices, handles, wireless terminals in industrial control (Industrial Control), wireless terminals in self-driving (Self Driving), wireless terminals in remote medical care (Remote Medical), wireless terminals in smart grid (Smart Grid) and so on.
- MID mobile Internet devices
- AR augmented reality
- VR virtual reality
- MR mixed reality
- Wireless terminals in transportation safety wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), TV set-top box (STB), Customer Premise Equipment (CPE), etc.
- SIP Session Initiation Protocol
- WLL Wireless Local Loop
- PDA Personal Digital Assistant
- STB TV set-top box
- CPE Customer Premise Equipment
- the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 communicate with each other via some air interface technology, such as a Uu interface.
- an uplink communication scenario there are two communication scenarios between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120: an uplink communication scenario and a downlink communication scenario.
- Uplink communication refers to sending signals to the network device 110; downlink communication refers to sending signals to the terminal device 120.
- the terminal device 120 and the terminal device 130 communicate with each other via some direct communication interface, such as a PC5 interface.
- some direct communication interface such as a PC5 interface.
- first side communication scenario a first side communication scenario and a second side communication scenario.
- the first side communication refers to sending a signal to the terminal device 130; the second side communication refers to sending a signal to the terminal device 120.
- terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 are both within the network coverage and located in the same cell, or terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 are both within the network coverage but located in different cells, or terminal device 120 is within the network coverage but terminal device 130 is outside the network coverage.
- GSM Global System of Mobile communication
- CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- GPRS General Packet Radio Service
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- FDD Frequency Division Duplex
- TDD Time Division Duplex
- LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
- UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
- WiMAX WiMAX
- 5G mobile communication system New Radio (NR) system
- NR system evolution system LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum (LTE-U) system
- TN non-terrestrial communication network
- WLAN wireless local area network
- Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
- the wireless communication system provided in this embodiment can be applied to but is not limited to at least one of the following communication scenarios: an uplink communication scenario, a downlink communication scenario, and a sidelink communication scenario.
- the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 may also be implemented as a low-power consumption device.
- the low-power device may also be referred to as at least one of the following: an ultra-low-power device, a zero-power device, a Passive IoT device, or an Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things (Ambient IoT/A-IoT) device.
- an ultra-low-power device a zero-power device
- Passive IoT device a Passive IoT device
- Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things (Ambient IoT/A-IoT) device Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things
- the communication technology implemented by low-power devices can also be called at least one of the following: zero-power communication technology, ultra-low-power communication technology, low-power communication technology, ambient energy Internet of Things (Ambient IoT/A-IoT) technology, passive Internet of Things technology, and zero-power Internet of Things technology.
- Low-power devices can harvest energy from the environment (such as radio frequency energy, solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, mechanical energy, kinetic energy, etc.) to obtain energy for communication.
- energy from the environment such as radio frequency energy, solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, mechanical energy, kinetic energy, etc.
- low-power devices can be divided into the following three types:
- Passive devices do not require built-in batteries. When a passive device is close to a network device (such as the reader of an RFID system), the passive device is within the near field formed by the radiation of the antenna of the network device. Therefore, the antenna of the passive device generates an induced current through electromagnetic induction, and the induced current drives the low-power chip circuit of the passive device. It realizes the demodulation of the forward link signal and the modulation of the reverse link signal. For the backscatter link, the passive device can use backscatter or extremely low-power active transmission to transmit the signal. Passive devices do not require built-in batteries to drive either the forward link or the reverse link. Therefore, passive devices can be considered as zero-power devices.
- the RF circuits and baseband circuits of passive devices are also very simple. For example, they do not require devices such as LNA, power amplifier (PA), crystal oscillator, analog to digital converter (ADC), etc., which makes passive devices have many advantages such as small size, light weight, very low price, and long service life.
- devices such as LNA, power amplifier (PA), crystal oscillator, analog to digital converter (ADC), etc., which makes passive devices have many advantages such as small size, light weight, very low price, and long service life.
- Passive devices can also support other energy harvesting methods by harvesting energy from the environment (such as solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, kinetic energy, mechanical energy, etc.) to obtain energy for driving circuits, thereby achieving communication.
- energy harvesting methods such as solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, kinetic energy, mechanical energy, etc.
- Semi-passive devices do not have conventional batteries installed on them. They can use radio frequency energy harvesting modules to harvest radio wave energy, or use energy harvesting modules to harvest energy from the environment (such as solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, kinetic energy, mechanical energy, etc.), and store the harvested energy in an energy storage unit (such as a capacitor). After the energy storage unit obtains energy, it can drive the low-power chip circuit of the semi-passive device. It can realize tasks such as demodulation of forward link signals and modulation of backward link signals. For backscatter links, semi-passive devices can use backscatter to transmit signals. Semi-passive devices can also have the ability to actively transmit, that is, in addition to communicating through backscatter, the backward link can also use active transmission to communicate.
- Semi-passive devices do not require built-in batteries to drive either the forward link or the reverse link. Although energy stored in capacitors is used during operation, this energy comes from radio energy or ambient energy collected by the energy harvesting module. Therefore, semi-passive devices can be considered as zero-power devices.
- Semi-passive devices inherit many advantages of passive devices, such as small size, light weight, very cheap price, long service life, etc.
- Active devices can have built-in batteries. The battery is used to drive the low-power chip circuit of the active device to achieve demodulation of the forward link signal and modulation of the reverse link signal. The reverse link signal transmission of the active device does not need to consume the active device's own power, and reverse link transmission is achieved through backscattering, thereby achieving zero power consumption. Active devices can also have the ability to actively transmit, that is, in addition to communicating through backscattering, the reverse link can also use active transmission to communicate.
- the battery is built in, this type of active device has extremely low power consumption and complexity, so the battery capacity can be set within a smaller range, thereby achieving a smaller cost and size.
- the battery built into the active device can also be used as an energy storage unit to store the ambient energy collected by the energy harvesting module, thereby making the maintenance cycle of the active device longer or even maintenance-free.
- active devices built-in batteries are used to power the devices, which increases the communication distance of active devices, for example, increases the reading and writing distance of electronic tags, so as to improve the reliability of communication. Therefore, active devices are used in some scenarios with relatively high requirements on communication distance, reading delay, etc.
- low-power devices can support backscattering and/or active transmission communication.
- low-power devices can be divided into the following three types:
- Low-power devices based on backscattering This type of device uses the backscattering method as described above for uplink data transmission. This type of device does not have an active transmitter for active transmission, but only has a backscattering transmitter. Therefore, when this type of device sends uplink data, the network device needs to provide a carrier. This type of device performs backscattering based on the carrier to achieve uplink data transmission.
- Low-power devices based on active transmitters This type of device uses an active transmitter with active transmission capability for uplink data transmission. Therefore, when sending uplink data, this type of device can use its own active transmitter to send uplink data without the need for network equipment to provide a carrier.
- Active transmitters suitable for this type of device can be, for example, ultra-low power ASK transmitters, ultra-low power FSK transmitters, etc. Based on current implementations, when transmitting a 100 microwatt signal, the overall power consumption of this type of transmitter can be reduced to 400 to 600 microwatts.
- This type of device can support both backscatter and active transmitters. This type of device can determine whether to use backscatter or active transmitters for active transmission based on different situations (such as different power levels, different available environmental energy levels), or based on the scheduling of network devices.
- Fig. 2 shows a communication system 200 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system 200 includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 140 which is a low-power consumption device.
- the terminal device 140 which is a low-power device, includes an energy collection module 321.
- the terminal device 140 also includes a backscatter communication module 322.
- the terminal device 140 also includes a logic processing module 323.
- the logic processing module 323 includes a low-power computing module.
- the terminal device 140 also includes a sensor module 324.
- the terminal device 140 also includes a memory (not shown in the figure).
- the terminal device 140 also includes a backscatter communication module 322, a logic processing module 323, one or more of a sensor module 324 and a memory.
- the energy collection module 321 can collect energy carried by radio waves in space, or light energy, or kinetic energy, or mechanical energy, or solar energy, etc., so as to provide energy for driving each module of the terminal device 140.
- the terminal device 140 After the terminal device 140 obtains energy, it can receive a signal from the network device 110 through a receiver, or reflect a signal to the network device 110 through a backscatter communication module 322, or transmit a signal to the network device 110 through a transmitter (not shown in the figure).
- the data reflected or transmitted by the terminal device 140 can be data stored by itself (such as an identity or pre-written information, such as the production date, brand, manufacturer, etc. of the product).
- the sensor module 324 can include various types of sensors, and the terminal device 140 can report the data collected by various types of sensors based on a low power consumption mechanism.
- the memory is used to store some basic information (such as item identification, etc.) or obtain sensor data such as ambient temperature and ambient humidity.
- the terminal device 140 can use the logic processing module 323 to implement simple signal demodulation, decoding or encoding, modulation and other simple computing tasks, and the hardware design can be very simple, making the terminal device 140 very low in cost and small in size.
- modules included in the terminal device 140 shown in FIG. 2 are merely examples and not limitations.
- FIG3 shows a schematic diagram of radio frequency power harvesting by the energy harvesting module 321.
- Radio frequency power harvesting is based on the principle of electromagnetic induction.
- the radio frequency module RF is connected with the capacitor C and the load resistor RL in parallel through electromagnetic induction to achieve the collection of electromagnetic wave energy in space and obtain the energy required to drive low-power devices, such as: for driving low-power demodulation modules, modulation modules, sensors and memory reading. Based on this, the effect of low-power devices without traditional batteries is achieved.
- FIG4 shows a schematic diagram of backscatter communication module 322 performing backscatter communication (Back Scattering).
- Terminal device 140 receives wireless signal carrier 131 sent by transmitter module (Transmit, TX) 111 of network device 110 using amplifier (Amplifier, AMP) 112, modulates wireless signal carrier 131, uses logic processing module 323 to load information to be sent, and uses energy collection module 321 to collect radio frequency energy.
- Terminal device 140 uses antenna 316 to radiate modulated reflected signal 132, and this information transmission process is called backscatter communication.
- Receive module (Receive, RX) 113 of network device 110 uses low noise amplifier (Low Noise Amplifier, LNA) 114 to receive modulated reflected signal 132.
- LNA Low Noise Amplifier
- Load modulation completes the modulation process by adjusting and controlling the circuit parameters of the oscillation circuit of terminal device 140 according to the beat of the data stream, so that the impedance and other parameters of terminal device 140 change accordingly.
- Load modulation technology mainly includes resistive load modulation and capacitive load modulation.
- FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of resistive load modulation.
- the load resistor RL is connected in parallel with the third resistor R3, and the switch S based on binary coding control is turned on or off. The on and off of the third resistor R3 will cause the voltage on the circuit to change.
- the load resistor RL maintains a parallel connection relationship with the first capacitor C1
- the load resistor RL maintains a series connection relationship with the second resistor R2
- the second resistor R2 maintains a series connection relationship with the first inductor L1.
- the first inductor L1 is coupled with the second inductor L2, and the second inductor L2 maintains a series connection relationship with the second capacitor C2.
- ASK amplitude shift keying
- FSK frequency shift keying
- the terminal device 140 can perform information modulation on the incoming signal by means of load modulation, thereby realizing the backscatter communication process.
- low-power devices have the following significant advantages: (1) They do not need to actively transmit signals, so they do not require complex RF links, such as PA, RF filters, etc.; (2) They do not need to actively generate high-frequency signals, so they do not need high-frequency crystal oscillators; (3) With the help of backscatter communication, signal transmission does not need to consume its own energy.
- the communication system shown in Figure 2 can be widely used in various industries, such as logistics for vertical industries, smart warehousing, smart agriculture, energy and electricity, industrial Internet, etc.; it can also be applied to personal applications such as smart wearables and smart homes.
- object recognition such as logistics, production line product management, and supply chain management
- environmental monitoring such as temperature, humidity, and harmful gas monitoring of the working environment and natural environment
- positioning such as indoor positioning, intelligent object search, and production line item positioning
- intelligent control such as intelligent control of various electrical appliances in smart homes (turning on and off air conditioners, adjusting temperature), and intelligent control of various facilities in agricultural greenhouses (automatic irrigation and fertilization).
- WUR has the characteristics of extremely low cost, extremely low complexity and extremely low power consumption. It mainly receives energy-saving signals based on envelope detection. Therefore, the energy-saving signals received by WUR are different from the conventional signals based on PDCCH carrier in terms of modulation mode, waveform, etc.
- the energy-saving signal is mainly an envelope signal that ASK modulates the carrier signal. The demodulation of the envelope signal can also be completed based on the energy provided by the wireless RF signal to drive the low-power circuit, so it can be passive. WUR can also be powered by UE.
- WUR greatly reduces power consumption compared to the traditional receiver of UE.
- WUR can achieve power consumption of less than 1 milliwatt (mw), which is much lower than the power consumption of tens to hundreds of milliwatts of traditional receivers.
- WUR can be combined with UE as an additional module of the traditional receiver of UE, or it can be a separate module of UE, such as a wake-up function module.
- the receiver system block diagram including WUR is shown in FIG6.
- WUR receives the energy-saving signal. If the UE needs to turn on the main transceiver (Main In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE uses a WUR 103 to monitor the WUS, and the UE can always use the WUR 103 when there is no business or paging message. Only when there is business, the UE receives the WUS to wake up the main transceiver 101 for data transmission and reception. Therefore, compared with the traditional UE always using the main transceiver mode, the WUR 103 can significantly reduce the overall power consumption of the UE and achieve energy saving on the UE side.
- WUR can be used as an auxiliary receiver of a traditional UE to achieve energy saving of the main transceiver.
- the terminal device 120 shown in FIG1 includes a main transceiver and a WUR, so that the terminal device 120 can achieve energy saving.
- a low-power receiver similar to WUR can also be used as a receiver of a low-power device to receive downlink signals (such as control signaling sent by a network device, downlink data, etc.).
- the terminal device 140 shown in FIG2 receives downlink signals through a low-power receiver (similar to WUR), so that the terminal device 140 can achieve energy saving.
- FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing the coding method used by the communication devices shown in FIG1, FIG2, and FIG6.
- the signals transmitted by the communication devices shown in FIG1, FIG2, and FIG6 can use different forms of codes to represent binary "1” and "0", that is, use different pulse signals to represent "0" and "1".
- coding methods include:
- Non-return to zero encoding uses a high level to represent binary "1" and a low level to represent binary "0".
- Figure 6 shows the level diagram of using the NRZ method to encode binary data: 101100101001011.
- Manchester coding is also known as Split-Phase Coding.
- Manchester coding the binary value is represented by the change in level (rising or falling) during half a bit period within the bit length. A negative jump during half a bit period represents a binary "1", and a positive jump during half a bit period represents a binary "0".
- Manchester coding is usually used for data transmission from low-power devices to network devices when using carrier load modulation or backscatter modulation, because it is conducive to discovering data transmission errors. This is because the "no change" state is not allowed within the bit length of Manchester coding. When multiple low-power devices send data bits with different values at the same time, the received rising and falling edges cancel each other, resulting in an uninterrupted carrier signal throughout the bit length. Since this state is not allowed, the network device can use this error to determine the specific location where the collision occurred.
- Figure 6 shows a level diagram of binary data encoded using the Manchester method: 101100101001011.
- Differential Binary Phase (DBP) encoding represents binary "0" at any edge in half a bit period, and no edge represents binary "1". In addition, the level is inverted at the beginning of each bit period. Therefore, the bit beat is easier to reconstruct for the receiver.
- Figure 6 shows a level diagram of binary data 101100101001011 encoded using the DBP method.
- Miller coding uses any edge within half a bit period to represent a binary "1", while a constant level in the next bit period represents a binary "0". Level changes occur at the beginning of a bit period, and the bit beat is easier to reconstruct for the receiver.
- Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram of the level of binary data 101100101001011 encoded using the Miller method.
- each binary "1" to be transmitted causes a change in the signal level, while for binary "0", the signal level remains unchanged.
- the terminal device In order to establish a connection with a network device, the terminal device needs to synchronize the terminal device and the network device in time and/or frequency.
- the process of the terminal device maintaining time domain synchronization and/or frequency domain synchronization with the network device based on the downlink signal sent by the network device is called downlink synchronization.
- the downlink signal used to achieve downlink synchronization can be called a synchronization signal.
- Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurements :
- RRM is the management of channel interference, wireless resources and other aspects in wireless communication systems. Its goal is to provide high-quality service quality assurance for terminal devices under limited bandwidth conditions.
- RRM is based on the RRM measurement and reporting of terminal devices.
- the terminal devices measure the downlink signals sent by network devices and report the measurement results so that network devices can adjust one or more of the parameters such as channels, power, bandwidth, beams, etc. in a timely manner, so that the wireless network can quickly adapt to environmental changes, thereby maintaining high-quality service quality within the communication system.
- the downlink signal used to implement RRM measurement can be called a measurement signal, a reference signal, etc.
- Low-power devices and terminal devices including WUR as terminal devices with low power consumption characteristics, naturally also have the need for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- the power consumption required for the low-power receiver to receive the synchronization signal for downlink synchronization is significantly less than the power consumption required for the traditional receiver to perform downlink synchronization
- the power consumption required for the low-power receiver to receive the measurement signal for RRM measurement is significantly less than the power consumption required for the traditional receiver to perform RRM measurement.
- WUR can take over the RRM measurement task of the main transceiver, reducing or avoiding the need to wake up the main transceiver to perform RRM measurement, thereby achieving energy saving of the main transceiver.
- WUR replaces the main transceiver to perform RRM measurements. Since the main transceiver is not required to perform RRM measurements, the power consumption of the main transceiver can be saved. Since the power consumption of WUR is lower than that of the main transceiver, performing RRM measurements through WUR can significantly reduce the overall power consumption of the UE. Exemplarily, WUR replaces part of the RRM measurement tasks, and the main transceiver undertakes another part of the RRM measurement tasks, reducing the number of times the main transceiver performs RRM measurements, thereby saving the power consumption of the main transceiver.
- WUR receives a synchronization signal and performs downlink synchronization. Since the main transceiver does not need to perform downlink synchronization, the power consumption of the main transceiver can be saved. After waking up the main transceiver, the main transceiver can directly send and receive data according to the downlink synchronization result of WUR, thereby reducing service delay.
- WUR receives a synchronization signal and performs coarse synchronization, wakes up the main transceiver to further perform fine synchronization, and reduces the duration and steps of the main transceiver for downlink synchronization, thereby saving the power consumption of the main transceiver and reducing service delay.
- the present application provides a signal transmission method, apparatus, device and medium, which support a network device to send a first signal generated according to a binary sequence to achieve one or more of downlink synchronization, RRM measurement, etc.
- the binary sequence involved in this application refers to a sequence of sequence elements that only have two possible values. It can also be understood that each bit in the binary sequence has only two possible values. For example, the value of any bit in a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, an m sequence, or a gold sequence is "1" or "0", and the value of any bit in a Walsh sequence is "+1" or "-1".
- PN pseudo-noise
- the m-sequence is the longest code sequence generated by a multi-stage shift register or its delay element through linear feedback.
- the m-sequence is also called the longest linear feedback shift register sequence or the maximum-length sequence.
- the number of shift register stages can be understood as the number of shift registers.
- the sequence currently stored in a shift register is called a state. After the shift register outputs one bit and the feedback function supplements one bit, the shift register moves to the next state.
- an r-stage shift register In a binary shift register, if r is the number of shift register stages, an r-stage shift register has 2r states, excluding the all-0 state, there are 2r -1 states left. Therefore, the maximum length of the code sequence it can generate is 2r -1 bits. In other words, the longest period generated by an r-stage linear feedback shift register is equal to 2r -1.
- FIG8 shows a general schematic diagram of the linear feedback shift register. Assume that the initial state of the shift register is (a 0 a 1 ... a r-2 a r-1 ). After one shift linear feedback, the input of the first stage at the left end of the shift register is shown in the following formula (1).
- an r-stage shift register can generate 2r -1 non-constant zero sequences according to different initial states. Therefore, the maximum length of the code sequence that can be generated by an r-stage linear feedback shift register is 2r -1 bits, that is, the longest period of the sequence generated by an r-stage linear feedback shift register is equal to 2r -1.
- the following formula (3) is called the characteristic polynomial of the r-stage linear feedback shift register, which can be used to describe the feedback connection state of the r-stage linear feedback shift register.
- (x 15 +1) has 3 fourth-order factors. But (x 4 +x 3 +x 2 +x+1) can divide (x 5 +1), so (x 4 +x 3 +x 2 +x+1) is not a primitive polynomial. Therefore, we can find two fourth-order primitive polynomials: (x 4 +x+1) and (x 4 +x 3 +1), and either of them can generate an m-sequence.
- the m-sequence generator is shown in FIG9 .
- the modulo-2 sum of a 0 and a 3 will be used as the new highest bit a 3 after the sequence is shifted right, and the lowest bit a 0 of the sequence will be used as the output.
- the initial state of the 4-stage shift register is "1000”
- the lowest bit of the sequence output by each sequence shift constitutes an m-sequence, and thus the m-sequence "100110101111000" is obtained.
- the m-sequence is balanced.
- the number of "1" and “0” is basically equal.
- the number of "1” is one more than the number of "0".
- the run distribution of the m-sequence also has characteristics. Elements in a sequence that have the same value and are connected are collectively called a run.
- the number of elements in a run is called the run length.
- the number of runs of length h accounts for 2 -h of the total number of runs of the m-sequence, and in a run of length h, runs of consecutive "1"s and runs of consecutive "0"s each account for half. For example, in the m-sequence "100110101111000", there are a total of 8 runs. Among them, the number of runs of length 4 is 1, that is, 1111.
- the number of runs of length 3 is 1, that is, 000.
- the number of runs of length 2 is 2, that is, 11 and 00.
- the number of runs of length 1 is 4, that is, two "1"s and two "0"s.
- the sequence obtained by adding the m sequence and its shift sequence modulo 2 is still a shift sequence of the m sequence. This property is called the shift-addition property of the m sequence, or linear superposition.
- the shift sequence is relative to the basic m sequence.
- the sequence obtained by cyclic shifting the basic m sequence is called the shift sequence. For details, please refer to the "cyclic shift" section below.
- the m sequence has a good autocorrelation characteristic.
- the autocorrelation function of the m sequence is defined as equation (5).
- A is the number of elements in one period of the m sequence and its j-time shift sequence that are the same
- D is the number of elements in one period of the m sequence and its j-time shift sequence that are different
- L is the period of the m sequence.
- Formula (5) can also be rewritten as Formula (6).
- the numerator of equation (6) is equal to the difference between the number of "0" and the number of "1" in one period of the m-sequence.
- the m-sequence can also be called a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, a pseudo-random sequence, etc.
- PN pseudo-noise
- the gold sequence is a code sequence obtained based on the optimal pair of m-sequences.
- the optimal pair of m-sequences is introduced.
- Two different primitive polynomials of order r each generate an m-sequence.
- the condition for these two m-sequences to form an optimal pair of m-sequences is that the cross-correlation function value satisfies equation (8).
- Two m-sequences that satisfy equation (8) can be called a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs.
- the gold sequence is constructed by adding a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs modulo 2. Moreover, a new gold sequence can be obtained after each cyclic shift of one of the m-sequences. Therefore, compared with the m-sequence, a significant advantage of the gold sequence is that it can obtain more independent code sequences.
- the gold sequence has good cross-correlation characteristics and still has excellent properties similar to the m sequence, such as excellent balance, run distribution characteristics, autocorrelation characteristics, etc.
- the maximum cross-correlation value between each gold sequence obtained by a pair of m sequence optimization pairs will not exceed the maximum cross-correlation value between this pair of m sequence optimization pairs.
- Walsh sequence also known as Walsh code
- Walsh code is derived from the Hadamard matrix.
- a Walsh sequence of length 2n can be obtained.
- a Walsh sequence of order 4 (1,1,1,1), (1,-1,1,-1), (1,1,-1,-1), (1,-1,-1,1) can be obtained.
- Walsh sequences are a set of orthogonal sequences, which means that all elements in the Walsh sequence are orthogonal to each other and do not interfere with each other.
- Each Walsh sequence is a binary sequence with a length that is a power of 2, such as 2, 4, 8, 16, etc.
- Walsh sequences are symmetrical, that is, the positive and negative versions of the Walsh sequence are the same, just in reverse order. Walsh sequences also have good cross-correlation characteristics.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
- Step 1010 Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence.
- the first signal involved in the present application can be used for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. Therefore, the first signal can also be called at least one of the following: a first synchronization signal, a first measurement signal, a first reference signal, a low power synchronization signal (Low Power Synchronization Signal, LP-SS), a low power reference signal (Low Power Reference Signal, LP-RS), and a low power measurement signal.
- a first synchronization signal a first measurement signal
- LP-SS Low Power Synchronization Signal
- LP-RS Low Power Reference Signal
- the binary sequence includes only two sequence elements with different values, so the sequence of the first signal also includes only two sequence elements with different values.
- the sequence of the first signal includes only "0” and "1", or the sequence of the first signal includes only "+1" and "-1".
- the first signal is generated according to at least one of: an m-sequence; a gold sequence; a Walsh sequence.
- the modulation method of the first signal includes at least one of the following: On-Off Keying (OOK) modulation; Phase Shift Keying (PSK) modulation; Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) modulation; Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modulation.
- OLK On-Off Keying
- PSK Phase Shift Keying
- BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
- FSK Frequency Shift Keying
- binary sequences provided in the present application are not limited to m-sequences, gold sequences and Walsh sequences. Other binary sequences or other sequences with sequence characteristics similar to binary sequences are also applicable to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
- the network device that performs step 1010 may be the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 , or the network device 110 shown in FIG. 2 , or a network device operating in a millimeter wave (mmWave) frequency band, and so on.
- mmWave millimeter wave
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application since the first signal is generated according to a binary sequence, the binary sequence has low complexity, is easy to generate and easy to detect, and is very easy to combine with non-OFDM waveforms such as OOK waveforms, PSK waveforms, and FSK waveforms, which provides the possibility of transmitting synchronization signals and measurement signals for some communication scenarios where OFDM waveforms are difficult to use, and provides a new feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- the receiving end of the first signal is a low-power device or a terminal device including WUR, downlink synchronization and RRM measurement can be achieved while maintaining the good characteristics of low complexity and low power consumption.
- the receiving end of the first signal is a terminal device operating in the millimeter wave frequency band
- the first signal has the advantages of simple generation, easy implementation, and power saving. Combined with the characteristics of high reliability and narrow beam of millimeter wave transmission, the first signal can meet the needs of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in the millimeter wave frequency band.
- step 1010 taking the generation of the first signal based on the gold sequence as an example, the relevant contents of the generation of the first signal based on the gold sequence are further introduced on the basis of step 1010.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
- Step 1110 Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a gold sequence.
- the gold sequence is obtained by adding a preferred pair of m-sequences modulo 2.
- the two m-sequences included in a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs are referred to as the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence.
- the names such as "first”, “second”, “third”, “fourth”, and “fifth” are only used to distinguish the descriptions, and do not mean that the m-sequences are restricted in terms of order, naming, etc.
- the first m-sequence is any one m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences
- the second m-sequence is another m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences.
- This application provides three ways to generate gold sequences:
- Gold sequence generation method 1 the first m sequence remains unchanged, and the second m sequence is cyclically shifted
- the cyclic shift sequences of the fourth m-sequence and the fifth m-sequence are added modulo 2, and at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained.
- Adding the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence themselves, then, through method 1, at most 2 r -1 + 2 2 r + 1 gold sequences can be obtained.
- the several gold sequences generated by way 1 can be referred to as the first gold sequence family, and the gold sequences included in the first gold sequence family are referred to as first gold sequences.
- 2 r +1 is the upper limit of the number of first gold sequences that the first gold sequence family can include, but it does not mean that the first gold sequence family must include 2 r +1 first gold sequences.
- the number of first gold sequences in the first gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: the level r, the length L 0 of the first m-sequence, the length L 1 of the second m-sequence, the cyclic offset, and the cyclic shift step.
- the number of first gold sequences in the first gold sequence family is configured by a network device or agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the upper limit of the number of gold sequences that can be generated by method 1 is M*(2 r +1).
- M is determined according to the number of shift register stages r and the above-mentioned formula (8), which represents the number of optimal pairs of m sequences that can be found when the number of stages is r.
- Gold sequence generation method 2 the first m sequence is cyclically shifted, and the second m sequence is also cyclically shifted
- the cyclic shift sequences of the fourth m-sequence and the fifth m-sequence are added modulo 2, and at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained.
- the first m sequence is cyclically shifted to convert the fifth m sequence and By performing modulo-2 addition on the cyclic shift sequence of the fourth m sequence, at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained.
- the first m-sequence is cyclically shifted, and the second m-sequence is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence of the fourth m-sequence and the cyclically shifted sequence of the fifth m-sequence are added modulo 2, and at most (2 r -1)*(2 r -1) gold sequences can be obtained.
- the several gold sequences generated by mode 2 can be referred to as the second gold sequence family, and the gold sequences included in the second gold sequence family are referred to as second gold sequences.
- (2 r -1)*(2 r -1) is the upper limit of the number of second gold sequences that the second gold sequence family can contain, but it does not mean that the second gold sequence family must contain (2 r -1)*(2 r -1) second gold sequences.
- the number of second gold sequences in the second gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: the level r, the length L 0 of the first m-sequence, the length L 1 of the second m-sequence, the cyclic offset, and the cyclic shift step.
- the number of second gold sequences in the second gold sequence family is configured by the network device or agreed upon by the communication protocol.
- the upper limit of the number of gold sequences that can be generated by method 2 is M*(2 r -1)*(2 r -1).
- M is determined according to the number of shift register stages r and the above formula (8), which indicates the number of optimal pairs of m sequences that can be found when the number of stages is r.
- Gold sequence generation method 3 cyclic shift of the first gold sequence
- the first gold sequence family may include at most 2 r +1 first gold sequences.
- Mode 3 obtains more gold sequences by continuously performing cyclic shift on the first gold sequence in the first gold sequence family.
- the several gold sequences generated by mode 3 can be referred to as the third gold sequence family, and the gold sequences included in the third gold sequence family are referred to as third gold sequences.
- ( 2r +1)*( 2r -1) is the upper limit of the number of third gold sequences that the third gold sequence family can contain, but it does not mean that the third gold sequence family must contain ( 2r +1)*( 2r -1) third gold sequences.
- the number of third gold sequences in the third gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: the level r, the length L 0 of the fourth m-sequence, the length L 1 of the fifth m-sequence, the cyclic offset, and the cyclic shift step.
- the number of third gold sequences in the third gold sequence family is configured by a network device or agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the upper limit of the number of gold sequences that can be generated by mode 3 is M*( 2r +1)*( 2r -1).
- M is determined according to the number of shift register stages r and the above-mentioned formula (8), which indicates the number of optimal pairs of m sequences that can be found when the number of stages is r.
- mode 1, mode 2 and mode 3 can be used alone or in combination. That is to say, the first gold sequence family, the second gold sequence family and the third gold sequence family are not in conflict, and different types of gold sequences can exist simultaneously in the communication system, for example, the first signal corresponding to cell A is generated according to the first gold sequence, and the first signal corresponding to cell B is generated according to the second gold sequence.
- method 2 and method 3 can obtain more sequences.
- method 2 and method 3 are more suitable.
- the complexity of method 3 is higher than that of method 2, and the complexity of method 2 is higher than that of method 1. Therefore, if the complexity is expected to be lower when generating the first signal, method 1 is more suitable.
- a gold sequence family may also be referred to as a gold sequence group or a gold sequence set.
- One gold sequence family corresponds to one m-sequence preferred pair.
- the first signal provided in the embodiment of the present application may be generated according to the first gold sequence as described above, or may be generated according to the second gold sequence as described above, or may be generated according to the third gold sequence as described above.
- the gold sequence corresponding to the first signal is a gold sequence in a gold sequence set, wherein the gold sequence set is determined according to the shift register level r and/or the m sequence preference pair.
- the gold sequence set includes several gold sequence families.
- the gold sequence corresponding to the first signal is a gold sequence in a group of several gold sequences, wherein the gold sequence group is determined according to the shift register level r and/or the m sequence preference pair.
- the gold sequence corresponding to the first signal is determined according to the cell identifier. That is, the first signal corresponding to each cell is associated with its own cell identifier.
- the total number S of cells in the communication system illustratively,
- the gold sequence used to generate the first signal is referred to as a target gold sequence, and the first signal can be obtained by modulating the target gold sequence.
- the target gold sequence is generated based on the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, that is, the target gold sequence is based on a pair of m-sequences. Then, how to determine the target m sequence preferred pair for generating the target gold sequence, that is, how to determine the target gold sequence family to which the target gold sequence belongs, is a problem that needs to be solved .
- the gold sequence family to which the target gold sequence belongs is called the target gold sequence family.
- the m sequence preferred pair that generates the target gold sequence family is called the target m sequence preferred pair.
- the target m-sequence preferred pair is a pair of M-to-m-sequence preferred pairs. If you want to determine the target m-sequence preferred pair, you first need to understand the generation of the M-to-m-sequence preferred pair.
- the M-pairs of m-sequences are determined according to the number of shift register stages. Exemplarily, when the number of shift register stages is r, at most N first m-sequences can be generated, and the M-pairs of m-sequences are determined from the N first m-sequences according to formula (8).
- M pairs of m sequence preferred pairs can generate M gold sequence families, specifically referring to the gold sequence generation methods 1, 2, and 3 described above. It can be understood that in order to facilitate distinction, these M gold sequence families should have one-to-one corresponding numbers or indexes, and the embodiment of the present application is explained by taking the numbering as an example.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is determined by a network device, or is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is determined by a terminal device.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged according to at least one of the following: the number of the m-sequence preferred pair, the level r, the number of gold sequences in the gold sequence family, the length of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the corresponding m-sequence, the numbering order of the corresponding m-sequence, the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, the binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and the cyclic offset.
- the M gold sequence families are numbered 0, 1, 2 ..., M-1, or the M gold sequence families are numbered 1, 2 ..., M, etc. Other numbering schemes that can distinguish each gold sequence are also applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
- the M gold sequence families are first arranged according to a specific rule or randomly arranged, and then the M gold sequence families are assigned corresponding numbers from front to back according to the arrangement order, for example, forming M gold sequence families with a numbering order of 0, 1, 2..., M-1.
- numbers are first assigned to the M gold sequence families, and then the M gold sequence families are arranged according to a specific rule, and the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is finally disrupted, for example, the M gold sequence families are formed in the order of 2, 0, M-1..., 1.
- N m-sequences there are N m-sequences.
- M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are selected from the N m-sequences according to formula (8). It can be understood that the N m-sequences have one-to-one corresponding sequence numbers, and the N m-sequences have a numbering order.
- the numbering order of the N m-sequences is default, or random, or arranged according to a specific rule, or agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by a network device.
- the numbering of all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs may be consistent with or inconsistent with their numbering in the N m-sequences. For example, after selecting the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs from the N m-sequences, all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs continue to use their numbering in the N m-sequences.
- all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are renumbered from 0 or 1. Regardless of whether all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs continue to use their numbering in the N m-sequences, the embodiments of the present application support it, as long as each m-sequence has a one-to-one corresponding number.
- the number of the preferred pair of M pairs of m-sequences is related to the number of the m-sequences it contains.
- the number of a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is the number of the first m-sequence in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs.
- the first m-sequence is any m-sequence in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, or the first m-sequence is an m-sequence with a smaller number value in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, or the first m-sequence is an m-sequence with a larger number value in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, and so on.
- the number of a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is the product of the numbers of the two m-sequences included in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs.
- a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs includes m-sequences numbered 2 and 4, then the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is numbered 8.
- the number of a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is the sum, difference, modulo result, etc. of the numbers of two m-sequences included in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs.
- the numbers of the M gold sequence families are consistent with the numbers of the corresponding m-sequence preferred pairs. For example, if a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is numbered 3, then the number of the gold sequence family generated by the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is also 3.
- the M gold sequence families are arranged in ascending order according to the numbers of the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs, and then assigned numbers from 0 to M-1, or assigned numbers from 1 to M.
- M 5
- the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, 9,
- the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 1 is numbered 1
- the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 9 is numbered 5.
- the M gold sequence families are arranged in descending order according to the numbers of the M-to-m-sequence preferred pairs, and then assigned numbers from 0 to M-1, or assigned numbers from 1 to M.
- M 5
- the M-to-m-sequence preferred pairs are numbered 9, 7, 5, 3, 1
- the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 9 is numbered 1
- the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 1 is numbered 5.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged from small to large according to the numbering values of the gold sequence families, or is arranged from large to small according to the numbering values of the gold sequence families.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged according to the numbering and/or numbering order of the m sequences used to generate the gold sequence families.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is consistent with the numbering order of the corresponding m sequence preferred pairs. For example, if the numbering order of the M pairs of m sequence preferred pairs is 2, 0, M-1..., 1, then the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is also 2, 0, M-1..., 1.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in the order of the product of the numbers of the two m sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs from small to large.
- the m-sequence preferred pair A includes m-sequences numbered 2 and 3, then the product of the numbers of the two m sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair A is 6.
- the m-sequence preferred pair B includes m-sequences numbered 0 and 5, then the product of the numbers of the two m sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair B is 0.
- the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair A is arranged after the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair B.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in descending order according to the product of the numbers of the two m sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in ascending order according to the sum of the numbers of the two m-sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs.
- the m-sequence preferred pair A includes m-sequences numbered 2 and 3, and the sum of the numbers of the two m-sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair A is 5.
- the m-sequence preferred pair C includes m-sequences numbered 0 and 1, and the sum of the numbers of the two m-sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair C is 1.
- the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair A is arranged after the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair C.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in descending order according to the sum of the numbers of the two m sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequences.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the m-sequence with a smaller number in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the m-sequence with a larger number in the preferred pair.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the m-sequence with a larger number in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the m-sequence with a smaller number in the preferred pair.
- sequence E the m-sequence with a smaller number
- sequence F the m-sequence with a larger number
- the m-sequence preferred pair C is ⁇ 0,1 ⁇
- sequence E the m-sequence numbered 0
- sequence F the m-sequence numbered 1
- the m-sequence preferred pair D is ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , then in the m-sequence preferred pair D, the m-sequence numbered 1 is called sequence E, and the m-sequence numbered 2 is called sequence F.
- M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , respectively
- the sequences E in each preferred pair i.e., the m-sequences with smaller numbers
- the sequences F in each preferred pair i.e., the m-sequences with larger numbers
- the arrangement order of the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs can be obtained as follows: ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ .
- M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , respectively, if they are first arranged from large to small according to the number of the sequence E in each preferred pair, there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose sequence E is numbered 0, and there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose sequence E is numbered 1, and then the numbers of the sequences F in each preferred pair are arranged from large to small, the arrangement order of the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs can be obtained as follows: ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ .
- the order of arrangement of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m sequences can be obtained as follows: ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ .
- the order of arrangement of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m sequences can be obtained as follows: ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ .
- sequence E and sequence F are not limited to the order of numbers from small to large or from large to small, and can also be arranged according to primitive polynomial coefficients, binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients, etc.
- sequence E and sequence F are not limited to the order of numbers from small to large or from large to small, and can also be arranged according to primitive polynomial coefficients, binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients, etc.
- layout rules please refer to the arrangement rules described above.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the first m-sequence in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the second m-sequence in the preferred pair.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the second m-sequence in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the first m-sequence in the preferred pair.
- the first m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair C is the m-sequence on the left, that is, the m-sequence numbered 0; the second m-sequence is the m-sequence on the right, that is, the m-sequence numbered 1.
- the first m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair D is the m-sequence on the left, that is, the m-sequence numbered 2
- the second m-sequence is the m-sequence on the right, that is, the m-sequence numbered 1.
- the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences are ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ . If they are first arranged from small to large according to the number of the first m-sequence in each preferred pair, and there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose first m-sequences are both numbered 0, and then they are arranged from small to large according to the number of the second m-sequence, the arrangement order of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences can be obtained as follows: ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ .
- the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences are ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ . If they are first arranged from large to small according to the number of the second m-sequence in each preferred pair, there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose second m-sequences are both numbered 1, and then they are arranged from large to small according to the number of the first m-sequence, the arrangement order of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences can be obtained as follows: ⁇ 4,6 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,3 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ .
- the numbering order within each gold sequence family can also be designed.
- the numbering order of the gold sequences within each gold sequence family can also be default, random, arranged according to a specific rule, agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by a network device.
- the numbering order of the gold sequences within each gold sequence family is arranged from small to large according to the cyclic offset, or from large to small according to the cyclic offset.
- the numbering rules within different gold sequence families are the same or different.
- the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged as 0, 1, 2..., 8 according to the numbering of the m sequence preferred pairs, and the gold sequences in the gold sequence family numbered 0 are arranged from small to large according to the cyclic offset, and the gold sequences in the other numbered gold sequence families are arranged from large to small according to the cyclic offset. If the numbering rules are the same, for example, the numbering order within the M gold sequence families is arranged from small to large according to the cyclic offset, or is arranged from large to small according to the cyclic offset.
- the design of the numbering order can be understood as the situation where the gold sequence family has both logical numbering and physical numbering.
- the logical numbering refers to the order of the numbering of the gold sequence family in the data logic, such as the numbering 0, 1, 2 ..., M-1, or the numbering 1, 2 ..., M in the embodiment of the present application
- the physical numbering refers to the position of the numbering of the gold sequence family in the memory, or the position in the agreed mapping relationship, such as the numbering order (such as 2, 0, M-1 ..., 1) in the embodiment of the present application.
- the logical numbering and physical numbering of the gold sequence family may be the same or different.
- the reason why the numbering order is disrupted is that the correlation between the gold sequences is taken into account. For example, by changing the numbering order of the gold sequence, the gold sequences with better correlation can be arranged adjacently, so that the first signals corresponding to the adjacent cells can also have a better correlation.
- the storage of data may be affected by factors such as the memory allocation method and the memory management of the operating system, and the numbering order of the gold sequence may also need to be adjusted according to the storage situation. Therefore, there is a possibility of adjusting the numbering order of the gold sequence according to the actual situation, that is, adjusting the physical numbering of the gold sequence.
- the numbering sequence involved in this application can be understood as a logical sequence or a physical sequence, and can be adjusted based on actual conditions, communication requirements, and communication protocol agreements.
- the following describes how to determine the target m-sequence preferred pair among the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs, that is, how to determine the target gold sequence family among the M gold sequence families.
- first signals should be designed for different cells, so that the UE can implement RRM measurement and synchronization corresponding to each cell according to the first signal.
- Different first signals can be realized by differences in at least one of the following aspects: the number of the target m-sequence, the number of the target gold sequence family, the number of the first m-sequence, the number of the second m-sequence, the cyclic shift step, and the cell identifier.
- the number of the target gold sequence family is determined according to the cell identifier. Since different cells correspond to different cell identifiers, this design naturally realizes the mapping between the cell and the target gold sequence family, so that each cell has a corresponding target gold sequence family to generate the first signal, thereby supporting each cell to achieve downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- the communication protocol stipulates the number of the target gold sequence family corresponding to each cell identifier, and/or the communication protocol stipulates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair corresponding to each cell identifier.
- the communication protocol stipulates a rule for determining the number of the target gold sequence family according to the cell identifier.
- the communication protocol stipulates a mathematical operation rule between each cell identifier and the target gold sequence family.
- the number of the target gold sequence family is equal to the cell identifier
- the number of the target gold sequence family is equal to the cell identifier
- the modulo result of M that is Exemplary, target gold sequence family encoding The number is determined by the quotient of the cell ID and M, for example,
- the network device indicates the number of the target gold sequence family and/or the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair to the terminal device.
- the network device indicates the number of the target gold sequence family and/or the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair to the terminal device through at least one of a broadcast message, a system message, an RRC signaling, a MAC CE, etc.
- the network device may directly indicate the number of the target gold sequence family, or may indicate information used to determine the number of the target gold sequence family. For example, the network device indicates at least one of the following information to the terminal device: the number of the target gold sequence in the M*Q gold sequences, the first starting value e, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families, and the numbering order of the M-to-m sequence preferred pairs.
- the terminal device may directly obtain the number of the target gold sequence family according to the received information, or may determine the number of the target gold sequence family according to the received information.
- the number of the target gold sequence family is determined according to the number I SS of the target gold sequence in the M*Q gold sequences, where Q represents the number of gold sequences included in each gold sequence family.
- the number I SS of the target gold sequence in the M*Q gold sequences is determined by a network device, or is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is determined by a terminal device.
- the numbering of the target gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: I SS , a first starting value e, Q, and a numbering order of the M gold sequence families.
- the first starting value e is used to indicate the starting position, which is the starting position of the gold sequence family used to determine the target gold sequence within the M gold sequence families.
- the target m sequence can be generated according to the target m sequence preferred pair. Mark the gold sequence.
- the target m-sequence preferred pair includes a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence.
- the first m-sequence is one m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair
- the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair.
- the sequence element numbered n in the target gold sequence is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the nth bit in the target gold sequence is determined according to the value of the ath bit in the first m sequence and the value of the bth bit in the second m sequence.
- a is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 0 , and a first length value.
- b is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 1 , and a first length value.
- Parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset of a first m sequence when generating a target gold sequence
- parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset of a second m sequence when generating a target gold sequence.
- the first length value is the length value of the first m-sequence, that is, the length value of the second m-sequence.
- n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value.
- a is determined according to a first modulo result.
- the first modulo result is a modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value.
- the first sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m 0 .
- b is determined according to a second modulo result.
- the second modulo result is a modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value.
- the second sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m1 .
- the sequence element numbered n in the target gold sequence is the first product, which can also be understood as the value of the nth bit in the target gold sequence is equal to the first product.
- the first product is the product of the first difference and the second difference.
- the first difference is the difference between the value 1 and the second product
- the second product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence.
- the second difference is the difference between the value 1 and the third product
- the third product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
- the target gold sequence can be expressed as formula (9): wherein d SS (n) represents the target gold sequence, x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, and L represents the first length value.
- d SS (n) [1-2x 0 ((n+m 0 )mod L)] ⁇ [1-2x 1 ((n+m 1 )mod L)] (9)
- equation (9) is applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through BPSK modulation.
- the sequence element numbered n in the target gold sequence is the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered a in the second The modulo 2 result of the sum of the sequence elements numbered b in the m sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the nth bit in the target gold sequence is equal to the modulo 2 result of the sum of the value of the ath bit in the first m sequence and the value of the bth bit in the second m sequence.
- the target gold sequence can be expressed as formula (10): wherein d SS (n) represents the target gold sequence, x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, and L represents the first length value.
- d SS (n) [x 0 ((n+m 0 )mod L)+x 1 ((n+m 1 )mod L)]mod 2 (10)
- formula (10) is applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through OOK modulation.
- the parameters m0 and m1 are based on the cell identifier Sure.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier
- the parameter m1 is determined according to the second sub-identifier
- the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier are determined according to the cell identifier.
- OK Assume that the first sub-identifier is represented by The second sub-identifier is represented by
- the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier According to the cell ID and parameter k. Where 1 ⁇ k ⁇ S, S represents the total number of cells in the communication system.
- first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can be uniquely determined according to the cell identifier, and this pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can uniquely determine a pair of parameters m0 and m1 .
- a pair of first m-sequence and second m-sequence are uniquely determined according to the method described above.
- the target gold sequence dSS (n) can be naturally uniquely generated, realizing a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the target gold sequence.
- the target gold sequence is a sequence used to generate the first signal, therefore, a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the first signal is also realized, thereby supporting the terminal device to realize RRM measurement and synchronization of the corresponding cell according to the first signal.
- the number of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol.
- the network device directly indicates the number of the first m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
- the number of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol.
- the network device directly indicates the number of the second m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
- the numbering of the preferred m-sequence pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by a network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the present application embodiment provides two calculation methods:
- the parameter m0 is determined according to a modulo result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter G
- the parameter m1 is determined according to a modulo result of the second sub-identifier and the parameter F.
- parameter m0 is equal to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G
- parameter m1 is equal to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is,
- parameter m0 is equal to q1 times the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G
- parameter m1 is equal to q2 times the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is, Among them, q1 is a positive integer and q2 is a positive integer.
- the parameter G is smaller than the first length value, that is, G ⁇ L.
- the parameter F is smaller than the first length value, that is, F ⁇ L.
- the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 ⁇ L.
- the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 ⁇ L.
- the parameters G and F are determined according to the total number S of cells in the communication system.
- an integer multiple of the product of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, and so on.
- F k, Among them, 1 ⁇ k ⁇ S.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier
- the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier
- parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier
- parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter B.
- B is a positive integer
- f1 is a positive integer
- f2 is a positive integer
- B is smaller than the first length value, that is, B ⁇ L.
- the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 ⁇ L.
- the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 ⁇ L.
- parameter m0 is determined according to the second sub-identifier
- parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier.
- parameter m0 is equal to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F
- parameter m1 is equal to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G.
- parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier
- parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier.
- parameter m1 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier
- parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter B.
- the network device sends at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through a gold sequence. Since the gold sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. In addition, by cyclically shifting the preferred m-sequence pair, a large number of gold sequences can be obtained, which can provide available gold sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
- step 1010 the related contents of the generation of the first signal based on the m-sequence are further introduced on the basis of step 1010 .
- FIG. 12 is a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
- Step 1210 Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on an m-sequence.
- the first signal is generated based on the first m-sequence or the second m-sequence.
- the first m-sequence is the m-sequence generated by the primitive polynomial as mentioned above.
- An r-order primitive polynomial can generate an r-order first m-sequence.
- the second m-sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the first m-sequence. It can also be understood that the second m-sequence is a cyclically shifted sequence of the first m-sequence.
- the first m-sequence may also be referred to as at least one of the following: a basic m-sequence, a root m-sequence, a main m-sequence, a first-level m-sequence, etc.
- the second m-sequence may also be referred to as at least one of the following: a shift sequence, a displacement sequence, a cyclic shift sequence, an extended m-sequence, a secondary m-sequence, a secondary m-sequence, an auxiliary m-sequence, a second-level m-sequence, etc.
- circular shift is to circularly shift the values in a sequence.
- circular left shift is to put the high bit shifted out to the low bit of the sequence
- circular right shift is to put the low bit shifted out to the high bit of the sequence.
- the number of bits or bits shifted out by a circular shift is called the circular offset of the circular shift
- the sequence obtained by the circular shift can be called a shift sequence. Taking the basic m sequence "10110101" as an example, Figure 13 shows the process of circular shifting when the circular offset is 2 bits.
- the process of circular left shift is shown in (a) of Figure 12, and the process of circular right shift is shown in (b) of Figure 12.
- the circular shift in the embodiment of the present application can be a circular left shift or a circular right shift.
- the circular offset can also be called a circular shift amount.
- the longest period of a first m-sequence with a level of r is 2r -1. If the cyclic offset of each cyclic shift is 1, then at most 2r -2 second m-sequences can be generated. Therefore, by cyclically shifting the first m-sequence with a cyclic offset of 1, at most 2r -1 m-sequences can be obtained (including the first m-sequence itself).
- the maximum value that can be obtained is m-sequences, including a basic m-sequence and Cyclic shift sequences.
- Indicates rounding down Indicates rounding up, which will not be described in detail below.
- the maximum number of possible sequences is m-sequences, including the N first m-sequences themselves and A second m-sequence.
- the cyclic shift step N CS can be used to obtain the cyclic offset, and the first m-sequence is cyclically shifted according to the cyclic offset to obtain several second m-sequences.
- the second m-sequence can be expressed as x((n+C)mod L), where L is the length of the first m-sequence, C is the cyclic offset of the second m-sequence relative to the first m-sequence, and mod is the modulo operation.
- the value of the cyclic offset C can theoretically be any integer between 0 and L.
- the present application also supports further limiting the value of the cyclic offset in some embodiments to ensure the reception quality of the synchronization signal.
- the cyclic offset is greater than a first threshold value, which is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the chip length of the m-sequence.
- the m-sequence used to generate the first signal is called a target m-sequence, and the first signal can be obtained after the target m-sequence is modulated.
- the target m-sequence is an m-sequence in an m-sequence set, wherein the m-sequence set is determined according to the number of shift register stages r.
- the m-sequence set includes the first m-sequence and/or the second m-sequence, and therefore, the target m-sequence may be the first m-sequence or the second m-sequence.
- the m-sequence set includes W m-sequences, W ⁇ X+Y.
- W m-sequences
- the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is default, or random, or arranged according to a specific rule, or agreed upon by a communication protocol, or determined by a network device.
- all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are first arranged according to a specific rule, and then numbers are assigned to form W m-sequences with a numbering sequence of 0, 1, 2 ..., W-1.
- all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are first randomly arranged, and then numbers are assigned to form W m-sequences with a numbering sequence of 0, 1, 2 ..., W-1.
- all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are assigned numbers first, and then all m-sequences are arranged according to a specific rule.
- all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are assigned numbers first, and then all m-sequences are randomly arranged. Therefore, the numbering order in the m-sequence set finally formed may be disrupted, and is not a numbering order from 0 to W-1.
- each m-sequence in the m-sequence set has a one-to-one corresponding number, and the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged from small to large according to the number value, or from large to small according to the number value.
- the numbering order of the first m-sequence in the m-sequence set is determined according to at least one of the following: the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, the binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and the numbering value of the first m-sequence.
- the first m-sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged from small to large according to the serial number values of the first m-sequences, or arranged from large to small according to the serial number values of the first m-sequences.
- the numbering order of the first m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged according to the coefficients of the primitive polynomial that generates the first m-sequences.
- all the first m-sequences are arranged in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from high to low powers.
- all the first m-sequences are arranged in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from low to high powers.
- the numbering order of the first m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged according to the binary numbers of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficients.
- the primitive polynomial coefficients are represented by binary numbers, and all the first m-sequences are arranged in order from small to large according to the binary numbers corresponding to the primitive polynomials.
- all the first m-sequences are arranged in order from large to small according to the binary numbers corresponding to the primitive polynomials.
- the numbering order of the second m-sequence in the m-sequence set is determined according to at least one of the following: a cyclic offset, a numbering order of the corresponding first m-sequence, a corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, a binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and a numbering value of the second m-sequence.
- the second m-sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged from small to large according to the serial numbers of the second m-sequences, or arranged from large to small according to the serial numbers of the second m-sequences.
- the numbering order of the second m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged according to the cyclic offset.
- the second m-sequences are arranged in the order of the cyclic offset from small to large.
- the second m-sequences are arranged in the order of the cyclic offset from large to small. List.
- all first m-sequences are arranged first (they may be arranged according to binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or serial values, as described above), and then all second m-sequences are arranged (they may be arranged according to cyclic offsets and/or serial order of the first m-sequences and/or binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or serial values, as described above), and all second m-sequences are arranged after all first m-sequences.
- all second m-sequences are arranged first (they may be arranged according to the order of cyclic offsets and/or numbering of first m-sequences and/or binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or numbering values, as described above), and then all first m-sequences are arranged (they may be arranged according to binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or numbering values, as described above), and all first m-sequences are arranged after all second m-sequences.
- a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence are arranged crosswise.
- X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set (which may be arranged according to binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or numbered values, as described above), and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of cyclic offset from small to large after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself.
- X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set, and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of cyclic offset from large to small after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself.
- X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set, and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of numbered values from small to large after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself.
- the numbering order rules of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence may be the same or different.
- the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence are arranged according to the numbering values.
- the first m-sequence is arranged according to the primitive polynomial coefficients
- the second m-sequence is arranged according to the cyclic offset. For other possibilities, refer to the above content and will not be repeated one by one.
- S m-sequences are selected from the m-sequence set including W m-sequences.
- S represents the total number of cells in the communication system.
- the S m-sequences are randomly selected from the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences are the default S m-sequences in the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences are the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set agreed upon by the communication protocol.
- the S m-sequences are the S m-sequences selected from the m-sequence set according to a specific rule.
- the S m-sequences are the m-sequences with odd default numbers in the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences are the m-sequences numbered from 0 to S-1 in the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences are the m-sequences arranged in the first S positions in the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences are the m-sequences arranged in the last S positions in the m-sequence set, and so on.
- the numbering of the S m-sequences continues to use the numbering in the m-sequence set.
- the numbering of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set is (W-1-S) to (W-1), then, when generating the first signal, the numbering of the S m-sequences continues to use (W-1-S) to (W-1).
- the numbering of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set is 1 to S, then, when generating the first signal, the numbering of the S m-sequences continues to use 1 to S.
- the numbers of the S m-sequences are different from their numbers in the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set are numbered from (W-1-S) to (W-1), and when the first signal is generated, the S m-sequences are numbered from 0 to S-1, or from 1 to S.
- the numbering order of the S m-sequences when generating the first signal follows the numbering order of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set. That is, the numbering order of the S m-sequences when generating the first signal is the same as the numbering order of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set.
- the numbering order of the S m-sequences when generating the first signal is different from the numbering order of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set.
- the S m-sequences are arranged in the order of the number values from small to large, or in the order of the number values from large to small, or in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from low to high power, or in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from high to low power, or in the order of the binary numbers of the primitive polynomial from large to small, or in the order of the binary numbers of the primitive polynomial from small to large, etc.
- the numbering order of the S m-sequences is 0, 1, 2..., S-1, or the numbering order of the S m-sequences is S-1, S-2, S-3..., 1, 0.
- S m sequences corresponding to the S cells can be obtained.
- the number of each sequence in the S m sequences can correspond to the number of the sequence of the S first signals.
- the m sequence numbered 0 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 0; the m sequence numbered 1 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 1; and so on.
- the m sequence numbered 0 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 1; the m sequence numbered 1 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 2; and so on.
- first signals should be designed for different cells so that The UE can implement RRM measurement and synchronization corresponding to each cell according to the first signal.
- Different first signals can be implemented by different at least one of the following aspects: the number of the target m-sequence, the cyclic shift step, and the cell identifier.
- the number of the target m-sequence is determined according to the cell identifier. Since different cells correspond to different cell identifiers, this design naturally realizes the mapping between the cell and the target m-sequence, so that each cell has a corresponding m-sequence to generate the first signal, thereby supporting each cell to achieve downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- the communication protocol stipulates the number of the target m-sequence corresponding to each cell identifier.
- the communication protocol stipulates a rule for determining the number of the target m-sequence according to the cell identifier.
- the communication protocol stipulates a mathematical operation rule between each cell identifier and the target m-sequence.
- the target m sequence is based on the cell identifier That is to say, the first signal corresponding to each cell is associated with its own cell identifier.
- the total number S of cells in the communication system illustratively,
- the target m-sequence number and the cell identifier Same.
- the number of the target m-sequence 30, and the target m-sequence is the m-sequence numbered 30 among the S m-sequences.
- the number of the target m-sequence is equal to the cell identifier
- the modulo result of S that is Alternatively, the target m-sequence number is based on the cell identifier
- the quotient value with S is determined, for example,
- the network device indicates the number of the target m-sequence to the terminal device.
- the network device indicates the number of the target m-sequence to the terminal device through at least one of a broadcast message, a system message, an RRC signaling, a MAC CE, etc.
- the network device may directly indicate the number of the target m-sequence, or may indicate information used to determine the number of the target m-sequence. For example, the network device indicates at least one of the following information to the terminal device: the number of the target m-sequence in the S m-sequences, and the numbering order of the S m-sequences.
- the terminal device may directly obtain the number of the target m-sequence according to the received information, or may determine the number of the target m-sequence according to the received information.
- the network device sends at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through an m-sequence. Since the m-sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- an m-sequence set a large number of m-sequences can be obtained, and available m-sequences can be provided for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
- the embodiments shown in Figures 11 and 12 above can meet the needs of RRM measurement and downlink synchronization.
- the number of first signals received and detected by the WUR (corresponding to the number of cell identifiers to be measured or synchronized) can be configured by the main transceiver, so the number of first signals can be relatively limited, and the WUR only needs to process a limited number of first signals to achieve RRM measurement and downlink synchronization.
- the low-power device performs RRM measurement and downlink synchronization through a low-power receiver, the search and measurement of the cell at this time needs to be completed independently by the low-power receiver.
- the low-power receiver needs to detect more first signals. For example, when there are 1008 cells in the communication system, it means that there are 1008 first signals corresponding to 1008 cell identifiers. At this time, the low-power device may need to receive and detect 1008 sequences, which will undoubtedly increase the power consumption of the low-power device.
- One way is to reduce the number of cell identifiers, but this may affect the flexibility of deployment and planning on the network side. For example, when deploying low-power cells based on conventional network topology, a simpler way is to continue to use traditional cell identifiers.
- Another way is to reduce the complexity of the terminal device detecting the first signal by constructing a suitable binary sequence.
- the present application provides a solution as shown in FIG14 , in which the first signal is designed to be generated by two binary sequences, each of which carries part of the cell identity information.
- FIG. 14 shows a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
- the method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
- Step 1410 Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on two m-sequences.
- the target m-sequence preferred pair is determined, and the specific steps are not repeated here.
- the target m-sequence preferred pair includes a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence.
- the first m-sequence is one m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair
- the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair.
- the first signal is generated by two binary sequences, one of which is a first m-sequence and the other is a second m-sequence.
- the first signal includes two sub-signals, namely a first sub-signal and a second sub-signal, wherein the sequence of the first sub-signal is generated according to a first m-sequence, and the sequence of the second sub-signal is generated according to a second m-sequence.
- the number of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol.
- the network device directly indicates the number of the first m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
- the number of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol.
- the network device directly indicates the number of the second m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
- the numbering of the preferred m-sequence pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by a network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n1th bit in the sequence of the first sub-signal is determined according to the value of the ath bit in the first m-sequence.
- the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n2th bit in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the value of the bth bit in the second m-sequence.
- a is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 0 , and a first length value.
- b is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 1 , and a first length value.
- Parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset of a first m-sequence when generating a first sub-signal
- parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset of a second m-sequence when generating a second sub-signal.
- the first length value is the length value of the first m-sequence, that is, the length value of the second m-sequence.
- n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value.
- a is determined according to a first modulo result.
- the first modulo result is a modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value.
- the first sum value is the sum of n 1 and parameter m 0 .
- b is determined according to a second modulo result.
- the second modulo result is a modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value.
- the second sum value is the sum of n1 and parameter m1 .
- the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is the first difference, which can also be understood as the value of the n1th bit in the sequence of the first sub-signal is equal to the first difference.
- the first difference is the difference between the value 1 and the second product
- the second product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence.
- the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is the second difference, which can also be understood as the value of the n2th bit in the sequence of the second sub-signal is equal to the second difference.
- the second difference is the difference between the value 1 and the third product
- the third product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
- n 2 n 1 +L, that is, the numbers of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence are continuous.
- equations (11) and (12) are applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through BPSK modulation.
- the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n1th bit in the sequence of the first sub-signal is equal to the value of the ath bit in the first m-sequence.
- the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n2th bit in the sequence of the second sub-signal is equal to the value of the bth bit in the second m-sequence.
- the sequence of the first sub-signal can be expressed as formula (13), and the sequence of the second sub-signal can be expressed as formula (14).
- d SS1 (n 1 ) represents the sequence of the first sub-signal
- x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the sequence of the first sub-signal.
- d SS2 (n 2 ) represents the sequence of the second sub-signal
- x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the sequence of the second sub-signal.
- L represents the first length value.
- d SS1 (n 1 ) [x 0 ((n 1 +m 0 )mod L)] (13)
- d SS2 (n 2 ) [x 1 ((n 1 +m 1 )mod L)] (14)
- n 2 n 1 +L, that is, the numbers of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence are continuous.
- the parameter m 0 and the parameter m 1 may be determined by calculation method one or by calculation method two.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter G
- the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and the parameter F.
- parameter m0 is equal to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G
- parameter m1 is equal to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is,
- parameter m0 is equal to q1 times the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G
- parameter m1 is equal to q2 times the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is, Among them, q1 is a positive integer and q2 is a positive integer.
- the parameter G is smaller than the first length value, that is, G ⁇ L.
- the parameter F is smaller than the first length value, that is, F ⁇ L.
- the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 ⁇ L.
- the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 ⁇ L.
- the parameters G and F are determined according to the total number S of cells in the communication system.
- an integer multiple of the product of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, and so on.
- F k, Among them, 1 ⁇ k ⁇ S.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier
- the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier
- parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier
- parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter B.
- B is a positive integer
- f1 is a positive integer
- f2 is a positive integer
- B is smaller than the first length value, that is, B ⁇ L.
- the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 ⁇ L.
- the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 ⁇ L.
- a pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can be uniquely determined according to the cell identifier, and this pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can uniquely determine a pair of parameters m0 and m1 .
- a pair of first m-sequence and second m-sequence can be uniquely determined.
- the sequence of the first sub-signal can be uniquely generated.
- the second m-sequence and parameter m1 are uniquely determined, the sequence of the second sub -signal can naturally be unique.
- a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the first sub-signal + the second sub-signal is realized, that is, a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the first sub-signal + the second sub-signal is realized, thereby supporting the terminal device to implement RRM measurement and synchronization of the corresponding cell according to the first signal.
- the combination of the first sub-signal and the second sub-signal has a one-to-one correspondence with the cell identifier.
- S first signals need to be designed to correspond to the S cells one by one. If the solution described above in which the first signal is generated by a gold sequence or an m sequence is adopted, it is obvious that S gold sequences or S m sequences are required to achieve this. That means that the UE may need to detect S sub-sequences.
- the values of Z 1 and Z 2 can be obtained according to the parameters m 0 and m 1 , respectively.
- the parameters m 0 and m 1 respectively represent the cyclic offsets of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence when generating the first signal. Therefore, by designing the parameters m 0 and m 1 , the number of the first m-sequence Z 1 and the number of the second m-sequence Z 2 can be determined.
- the parameters m 0 and m 1 can be adjusted by one or more of the parameters G, F, B, q 1 , q 2 , f 1 , f 2 , etc.
- dSS1 ( n1 ) [ x0 (( n1 +10)mod63)]
- dSS1 ( n1 ) [ x0 (( n1 +20)mod63)]
- dSS1 ( n1 ) [ x0 (( n1 +14)mod63)]
- the network device sends at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through an m-sequence. Since the m-sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the m-sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- the design of generating the first signal by two m-sequences allows the two m-sequences to respectively carry part of the information of the cell identification, which can greatly reduce the number of first signals that the terminal device needs to detect.
- the complexity of the terminal device detecting the first signal is greatly reduced, the number of detection times of the synchronization signal and the measurement signal is significantly reduced, and the energy saving of the terminal device is further achieved.
- the first signal shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 , and FIG. 14 may be sent periodically or non-periodically.
- the network device sends the first signal in the channel according to the sequence, modulation method, sequence length, cyclic offset and other parameters of the first signal.
- the binary sequence corresponds to L modulation symbols after being modulated.
- the two binary sequences respectively correspond to L modulation symbols after being modulated.
- the first signal is a time domain signal.
- the time domain resource occupied by the first signal is continuous or discontinuous. It can also be understood that the time domain unit occupied by the first signal is a continuous time domain unit mapped after the binary sequence is modulated, or a discontinuous time domain unit mapped after the binary sequence is modulated.
- the time domain unit includes at least one of the following: frame, subframe, slot, mini-slot, sub-slot, symbol, symbol group, and time domain unit based on other time domain units.
- the binary sequence when the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence is modulated and mapped to The L modulation symbols are mapped to a group of continuous or discontinuous time domain units, that is, the L modulation symbols are mapped to a group of continuous or discontinuous time domain units.
- each time domain resource includes a group of time domain units, that is, 2*L modulation symbols are mapped to two groups of time domain units.
- each group of time domain units is continuous or discontinuous.
- the time domain units occupied by two time domain resources are exactly the same or partially overlapped.
- the time domain resources occupied by binary sequence A and binary sequence B both include subframe 2.
- the time domain resources occupied by binary sequence A and binary sequence B both include time slot 3.
- the time domain unit including symbols as an example, the symbols corresponding to the two binary sequences in the time domain are different, as shown in (c) of Figure 15, the symbols occupied by binary sequence A and binary sequence B are different.
- the first signal is divided into a plurality of segments, each segment occupies a time domain resource in the time domain.
- each time domain resource includes a continuous time domain unit or a discontinuous time domain unit.
- the modulation method of the first signal shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 , and FIG. 14 includes at least one of the following: OOK modulation; PSK modulation; BPSK modulation; FSK modulation.
- the sequence elements with values of "1" and “0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase continuity (+1) and phase jump (0 or -1) in the PSK sequence, respectively.
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase continuity (+1) in the PSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase jump (0 or -1) in the PSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase jump (0 or -1) in the PSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase continuity (+1) in the PSK sequence.
- the sequence elements with values of "1" and “0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the positive level (+1) and the negative level (-1) in the BPSK sequence, respectively.
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the positive level (+1) in the BPSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the negative level (-1) in the BPSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the negative level (-1) in the BPSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the positive level (+1) in the BPSK sequence.
- the sequence elements with values of "1" and “0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to two carrier frequencies of the FSK sequence.
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 1 of the FSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 0 of the FSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 0 of the FSK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 1 of the FSK sequence.
- the sequence elements with values of "1" and “0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the high level and low level in the OOK sequence, respectively.
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the high level in the OOK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the low level in the OOK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "1” in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the low level in the OOK sequence
- the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the high level in the OOK sequence.
- the network device has an OFDM transmitter, or when the OFDM carrier sends the first signal in an in-band manner, it can be considered to use an OFDM waveform to transmit the first signal.
- the first signal shown in Figures 11, 12, and 14 can be a time domain signal mapped based on the OOK-1 method, and the first signal shown in Figures 11, 12, and 14 can also be a time domain signal mapped based on the OOK-4 method.
- the sequence of the first signal is an OOK sequence obtained by OOK modulation of a binary sequence.
- an OFDM transmitter is used to transmit an OOK sequence
- an OOK symbol is mapped on an OFDM symbol.
- the OFDM symbol is mapped to all 1s (or other non-zero values) in the frequency domain to indicate that a high-level signal of OOK is transmitted on the OFDM symbol (the high level may represent 1 or 0, depending on the definition or convention), and the OFDM symbol is mapped to all 0s in the frequency domain to indicate that a low-level signal of OOK is transmitted on the OFDM symbol (the low level may represent 0 or 1, depending on the definition or convention).
- OFDM symbols and OOK symbols correspond one to one, that is, each OFDM symbol carries 1 bit.
- mapping is performed in OOK-1 mode, if the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence is modulated and mapped to L OFDM symbols. That is, L OOK symbols are mapped to L OFDM symbols.
- the L OFDM symbols are continuous or discontinuous.
- the sequence of the first signal is an OOK sequence obtained by OOK modulation of a binary sequence
- the OOK sequence includes M 1 bits in total.
- the M 1 bits are upsampled by k 1 to generate a sequence of length k 1 M 1 , which is transformed by discrete Fourier transform (Discrete Fourier After being transformed by discrete Fourier transform (DFT), it is mapped to k 1 M 1 resource elements (RE), multiplexed with other OFDM signals (if any) in the frequency domain, and then transformed to the time domain by inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), filtered and shaped, and finally sent out by the transmitter.
- DFT discrete Fourier transform
- RE resource elements
- IDFT inverse discrete Fourier transform
- mapping through OOK-4 if the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence is modulated and mapped to OFDM symbols. That is, L OOK symbols are mapped to OFDM symbols, each OFDM symbol carries M 1 bits. OFDM symbols may be continuous or non-continuous.
- An OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot or in multiple different time slots.
- an OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot.
- An OFDM symbol is the first symbols, or the end of a time slot symbols, or the middle of a time slot symbols, or discontinuous symbol.
- This An OFDM symbol may be located in multiple different time slots.
- the multiple different time slots may belong to the same subframe or different subframes.
- the multiple time slots may be adjacent or non-adjacent.
- mapping is performed by OOK-4, if the first signal is generated by two binary sequences, where the lengths of the two binary sequences are L 1 and L 2 respectively, L 1 OOK symbols are mapped to OFDM symbols, L 2 OOK symbols are mapped to OFDM symbols. OFDM symbols and There may be or may not be a time domain gap between OFDM symbols. OFDM symbols are continuous or discontinuous. OFDM symbols may be continuous or non-continuous.
- An OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot or in multiple different time slots.
- an OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot.
- An OFDM symbol is the first symbols, or the end of a time slot symbols, or the middle of a time slot symbols, or discontinuous symbol.
- This An OFDM symbol may be located in multiple different time slots.
- the multiple different time slots may belong to the same subframe or different subframes.
- the multiple time slots may be adjacent or non-adjacent.
- the first signal shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 , and FIG. 14 is a scrambled sequence.
- the scrambling sequence is at least one of the following: a ZC sequence, a QPSK sequence, and a QAM sequence.
- a ZC sequence a ZC sequence
- QPSK sequence a QPSK sequence
- QAM sequence a QAM sequence
- the spectrum or power spectrum can be flattened. Scrambling can prevent the energy distribution of the first signal from being concentrated in the center of the bandwidth, making the energy distribution of the first signal in the frequency domain more uniform, thereby better combating frequency selective fading.
- the length of the binary sequence is equal to or unequal to the length of the scrambling sequence. If the length of the scrambling sequence is longer than the length of the binary sequence, the scrambling sequence may be truncated for point-to-point multiplication. If the length of the scrambling sequence is less than the length of the binary sequence, the scrambling sequence may be repeated several times for point-to-point multiplication.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, the method being executed by a terminal device, and the method comprising:
- Step 1810 Receive a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence.
- the first signal may also be referred to as at least one of the following: a first measurement signal, a first reference signal, LP-SS, and LP-RS.
- the binary sequence includes only two sequence elements with different values, so the sequence of the first signal also includes only two sequence elements with different values.
- the sequence of the first signal includes only "0” and "1", or the sequence of the first signal includes only "+1" and "-1".
- the first signal is generated according to at least one of: an m-sequence; a gold sequence; a Walsh sequence.
- the modulation method of the first signal includes at least one of the following: OOK modulation; PSK modulation; BPSK modulation; FSK modulation.
- binary sequences provided in the present application are not limited to m-sequences, gold sequences and Walsh sequences. Other binary sequences or other sequences with sequence characteristics similar to binary sequences are also applicable to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
- the terminal device that executes step 1810 may be the terminal device 120 or the terminal device 130 as shown in FIG1 , or may be the terminal device 140 that is a low-power device as shown in FIG2 (which may include a low-power receiver), or may be a terminal device including WUR as shown in FIG6 , or may be a terminal device that operates in the millimeter wave frequency band, and so on.
- the receiving end of the first signal is a terminal device operating in the millimeter wave frequency band
- the first signal has the advantages of simple generation, easy implementation, and power saving. Combined with the characteristics of high reliability and narrow beam of millimeter wave transmission, the first signal can meet the needs of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in the millimeter wave frequency band.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, the method being executed by a terminal device, and the method comprising:
- Step 1910 Receive a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a gold sequence.
- step 1110 For the relevant contents of the gold sequence and the first signal, please refer to step 1110 and will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device in order to accurately receive and detect the first signal, the terminal device should also determine the first signal corresponding to each cell accordingly. Specifically, due to oscillator mismatch, Doppler frequency shift, noise interference and other reasons, the first signal sent from the transmitter and the first signal arriving at the receiver will inevitably produce deviations in the time domain and frequency domain. In order to ensure that the detection result of the first signal has a high accuracy, the terminal device needs to perform correlation detection on the received first signal and the local first signal, obtain clock information and/or frequency deviation estimation results, calibrate the received first signal in the time domain according to the clock information, and calibrate the received first signal in the frequency domain according to the frequency deviation estimation results, so as to accurately detect the first signal.
- the local first signal required for the detection process should be generated locally by the terminal device.
- the method of generating the first signal according to the gold sequence shown in Figure 11 is also applicable to the terminal device. That is, the network device and the terminal device should respectively determine the gold sequence for generating the first signal.
- the first signal determined by the network device and generated by the terminal device for the same cell should be the same. This can ensure that after receiving the first signal, the terminal device can clearly identify which cell the first signal corresponds to.
- the terminal device determines the number of the target gold sequence family according to at least one of the following: a cell identifier, I SS , a first starting value e, Q, and a numbering order of the M gold sequence families.
- the terminal device determines the numbering order of M gold sequence families according to at least one of the following: the number of the m-sequence preferred pair, the level r, the number of gold sequences in the gold sequence family, the length of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the corresponding m-sequence, the numbering order of the corresponding m-sequence, the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, the binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and the cyclic offset.
- the terminal device determines a parameter m 0 , that is, a cyclic offset of the first m sequence when generating a target gold sequence.
- the terminal device determines a parameter m 1 , that is, a cyclic offset of the second m-sequence when generating a target gold sequence.
- the terminal device receives at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence within the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through a gold sequence. Since the gold sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
- a large number of gold sequences can be obtained by cyclically shifting the preferred pair of m sequences, and available gold sequences can be provided for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
- FIG. 20 shows a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, the method being executed by a terminal device, and the method comprising:
- Step 2010 Receive a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on an m-sequence.
- step 1210 and step 1410 For the relevant contents of the m-sequence and the first signal, reference may be made to step 1210 and step 1410, which will not be described in detail here.
- the terminal device in order to accurately receive and detect the first signal, the terminal device should also determine the first signal corresponding to each cell accordingly. The reason here can be referred to step 1910, which will not be repeated here.
- the manner of generating the first signal according to the m-sequence shown in Figures 12 and 14 is also applicable to the terminal device. That is, the network device and the terminal device should respectively determine the m-sequence for generating the first signal.
- the first signal determined by the network device and generated by the terminal device for the same cell should be the same. This can ensure that after receiving the first signal, the terminal device can clearly identify which cell the first signal corresponds to.
- the terminal device determines the number of the target gold sequence family according to at least one of the following: a cell identifier, I SS , a first starting value e, Q, and a numbering order of the M gold sequence families.
- the terminal device determines the number of m-sequences in the m-sequence set according to the number of shift register stages.
- the terminal device determines the numbering order of the m-sequences within the m-sequence set.
- the terminal device receives at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence within the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through an m-sequence. Since the m-sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. In addition, by constructing an m-sequence set, a large number of m-sequences can be obtained, which can provide available m-sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
- the apparatus further comprises a processing module 2130, configured to determine a sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence.
- the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is a first product, and the first product is the product of a first difference and a second difference; wherein the first difference is the difference between a value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of a value 2 and a sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence; and the second difference is the difference between a value 1 and a third product, and the third product is the product of a value 2 and a sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
- the m-sequence includes two m-sequences in an m-sequence set, the two m-sequences include a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence, the first m-sequence is one m-sequence in a preferred pair of m-sequences, and the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences.
- the first signal includes a first sub-signal and a second sub-signal, the first sub-signal is generated according to the first m-sequence, and the second sub-signal is generated according to the second m-sequence.
- the sequence element numbered n 1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is based on the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence.
- the sequence element is determined; the sequence element numbered n 2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the second sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier.
- the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier are determined according to a cell identifier and/or a cyclic shift step size.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; wherein the parameter B is less than the first length value.
- the m-sequence is an m-sequence in an m-sequence subset, and the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence subset is determined according to a cell identifier; wherein each m-sequence in the m-sequence subset corresponds one-to-one to each cell identifier in the communication system.
- the numbering sequence of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the following order: the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from high power to low power; the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from low power to high power; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from small to large; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from large to small; the order of cyclic offsets from small to large; the order of cyclic offsets from large to small.
- each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged after its corresponding basic m-sequence from small to large according to the cyclic offset; or, each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged after its corresponding basic m-sequence from large to small according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences from small to large according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences from large to small according to the cyclic offset.
- the time domain resources occupied by the first signal are continuous or discontinuous.
- the time domain resources occupied by the first signal include at least two groups of time domain units, there is a time domain interval or there is no time domain interval between the at least two groups of time domain units, and each group of time domain units in the at least two groups of time domain units is continuous or discontinuous.
- the first signal is obtained by a first modulation according to the binary sequence, and the first modulation includes one of the following: OOK modulation, PSK modulation, BPSK modulation, and FSK modulation.
- a first modulation symbol is mapped to a first time domain unit, or multiple first modulation symbols are mapped to a first time domain unit; wherein the first time domain unit is a time domain unit occupied by the first signal, and the first modulation symbol is a modulation symbol of the first modulation.
- the first signal is obtained by scrambling the binary sequence; wherein the sequence used for scrambling includes at least one of the following: a ZC sequence, a QPSK sequence, and a QAM sequence.
- the processing module 2130 is further used to perform at least one of the steps of modulation, scrambling, mapping, etc.
- the apparatus further includes a receiving module 2150, configured to receive a signal and/or data sent by a terminal device.
- the receiving module 2150 is configured to receive a signal and/or data sent by a terminal device based on a synchronization result of the first signal.
- the receiving module 2150 is configured to receive an RRM measurement result fed back by a terminal device.
- the device provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through gold sequences and m sequences. Since the gold sequence and m sequence have good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence and m sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. Moreover, a large number of gold sequences and m sequences can be obtained through cyclic shift, which can provide available gold sequences and m sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
- FIG22 shows a block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, and the device can be implemented as a terminal device as shown in FIG18, FIG19, or FIG20, or implemented as a part of a terminal device as shown in FIG18, FIG19, or FIG20.
- the device includes a receiving module 2210.
- the device also includes a processing module 2230 and/or a sending module 2250.
- the receiving module 2210 is used to receive a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
- the binary sequence is associated with a cell identity.
- the binary sequence includes a gold sequence, and different cell identifiers correspond to different gold sequences.
- the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence; wherein the first m sequence is one m sequence in a preferred pair of m sequences, and the second m sequence is the other m sequence in the preferred pair of m sequences.
- the apparatus further comprises a processing module 2230, configured to determine a sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence.
- the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is a modulo-2 result of the sum of the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
- a is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 0 , and a first length value; b is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 1 , and the first length value; wherein n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value, the first length value is a length value of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, the parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset when the first m-sequence is used to generate the gold sequence, and the parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset when the second m-sequence is used to generate the gold sequence.
- a is determined according to a first modulo result
- the second modulo result is the modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value
- the first sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m0
- b is determined according to a second modulo result
- the second modulo result is the modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value
- the second sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m1 .
- the numbering of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to rules agreed upon by a communication protocol; the numbering of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to rules agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the processing module 2230 is further used to determine a and/or b.
- the gold sequence is a first gold sequence, which is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of cyclic shift sequences of a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence, and the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence constitute an m-sequence preferred pair.
- the processing module 2230 is further configured to perform cyclic shift.
- the gold sequence is a second gold sequence, which is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of a cyclic shift sequence of a first m sequence and a cyclic shift sequence of a second m sequence, and the first m sequence and the second m sequence constitute an m sequence preferred pair.
- the gold sequence is a third gold sequence, and the third gold sequence is cyclically shifted according to the first gold sequence.
- the first gold sequence is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of cyclic shift sequences of the first m sequence and the second m sequence, and the first m sequence and the second m sequence constitute an m sequence preferred pair.
- the binary sequence includes an m-sequence, and different cell identifiers correspond to different m-sequences.
- the numbering of the m-sequence included in the binary sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the numbering of the m-sequence preferred pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
- the processing module 2230 is further configured to determine the first sub-identifier and/or the second sub-identifier.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F.
- the parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; wherein the parameter B is less than the first length value.
- the m-sequence is an m-sequence in an m-sequence subset, and the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence subset is determined according to a cell identifier; wherein each m-sequence in the m-sequence subset corresponds one-to-one to each cell identifier in the communication system.
- the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence set is equal to the cell identifier.
- the number of m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the number of shift register stages and/or the cyclic shift step size.
- the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is a default order, or is determined by a terminal device.
- the numbering sequence of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the following order: the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from high power to low power; the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from low power to high power; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from small to large; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from large to small; the order of cyclic offsets from small to large; the order of cyclic offsets from large to small.
- each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged in order of cyclic offset from small to large. or, each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged after its corresponding basic m-sequence in descending order according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences in descending order according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences in descending order according to the cyclic offset.
- the time domain resources occupied by the first signal are continuous or discontinuous.
- the time domain resources occupied by the first signal include at least two groups of time domain units, there is a time domain interval or there is no time domain interval between the at least two groups of time domain units, and each group of time domain units in the at least two groups of time domain units is continuous or discontinuous.
- the first signal is obtained by a first modulation according to the binary sequence, and the first modulation includes one of the following: OOK modulation, PSK modulation, BPSK modulation, and FSK modulation.
- a first modulation symbol is mapped to a first time domain unit, or multiple first modulation symbols are mapped to a first time domain unit; wherein the first time domain unit is a time domain unit occupied by the first signal, and the first modulation symbol is a modulation symbol of the first modulation.
- the first signal is obtained by scrambling the binary sequence; wherein the sequence used for scrambling includes at least one of the following: a ZC sequence, a QPSK sequence, and a QAM sequence.
- the processing module 2230 is further used to perform at least one of the steps of modulation, scrambling, mapping, etc.
- the apparatus further includes a sending module 2250, configured to send a signal and/or data to a network device.
- the sending module 2250 is configured to send a signal and/or data to a network device based on a synchronization result of the first signal.
- the sending module 2250 is configured to feed back an RRM measurement result to the network device.
- the receiving module 2210 is further used to receive at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
- the device provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement through gold sequences and m sequences. Since the gold sequence and m sequence have good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence and m sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. Moreover, a large number of gold sequences and m sequences can be obtained through cyclic shift, which can provide available gold sequences and m sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
- FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 2300 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, including a receiver 2310 and a transmitter 2320.
- the communication device 2300 can be used to execute at least part of the steps executed by the terminal device shown in FIG18 or FIG19 or FIG20.
- the receiver 2310 and the transmitter 2320 may be implemented as a communication component, which may be a communication chip, and which may be referred to as a transceiver.
- the receiver 2310 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned receiving module 2210.
- the receiver 2310 may be implemented as a first receiver 2311 and/or a second receiver 2312.
- the transmitter 2320 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned sending module 2250.
- the transmitter 2320 may be implemented as a first transmitter 2321 and/or a second transmitter 2322.
- the communication device 2300 may further include a memory 2340.
- the memory 2340 may be used to store at least one instruction, and the processor 2310 may be used to execute the at least one instruction to implement the various steps in the above method embodiment.
- the memory 2340 may be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, and the volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but is not limited to: a magnetic disk or optical disk, an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), a static random access memory (SRAM), a read-only memory (ROM), a magnetic memory, a flash memory, and a programmable read-only memory (PROM).
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
- EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
- SRAM static random access memory
- ROM read-only memory
- magnetic memory a magnetic memory
- flash memory and a programmable
- the communication device 2300 may further include a bus (not shown in the figure).
- the memory 2340 is connected to the processor 2330 via a bus.
- the receiver 2310 receives signals/data independently, or the processor 2330 controls the receiver 2310 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2330 requests the receiver 2310 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2330 cooperates with the receiver 2310 to receive signals/data.
- the transmitter 2320 independently sends signals/data, or the processor 2330 controls the transmitter 2320 to send signals/data, or the processor 2330 requests the transmitter 2320 to send signals/data, or the processor 2330 cooperates with the transmitter 2320 to send signals/data.
- the first receiver 2311 is implemented as a wake-up receiver (WUR), and/or the second receiver Device 2312 is implemented as a main receiver.
- WUR wake-up receiver
- receiver 2310 is implemented as a combined receiver of a WUR and a main receiver.
- transmitter 2320 is implemented as a combination transmitter of a main transmitter and a backscatter transmitter.
- the processor 2330 and the receiver 2310 may be implemented as one module, or the processor 2330 may be implemented as a part of the receiver 2310 .
- the processor 2330 and the transmitter 2320 may be implemented as one module, or the processor 2330 may be implemented as a part of the transmitter 2320 .
- the communication device 2300 includes one or more processors 2330, and different processors are used to execute the same steps or different steps in the above-mentioned processing-related steps.
- FIG24 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 2400 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, including: a processor 2401, a receiver 2402, a transmitter 2403, a memory 2404, and a bus 2405.
- the communication device 2400 may be used to execute at least some of the steps executed by the terminal device shown in FIG18, FIG19, or FIG20, or may be used to execute at least some of the steps executed by the network device shown in FIG10, FIG11, FIG12, or FIG14.
- the processor 2401 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 2401 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules. In some embodiments, the processor 2401 can be used to implement the functions and steps of the processing module 2130 and/or the processing module 2230 described above.
- the receiver 2402 and the transmitter 2403 may be implemented as a communication component, which may be a communication chip, and the communication component may be referred to as a transceiver.
- the receiver 2402 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned receiving module 2150 and/or receiving module 2210
- the transmitter 2403 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned sending module 2110 and/or sending module 2250.
- the memory 2404 is connected to the processor 2401 via a bus 2405 .
- the memory 2404 may be used to store at least one instruction, and the processor 2401 may be used to execute the at least one instruction to implement each step in the above method embodiment.
- the memory 2404 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, and the volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but is not limited to: magnetic disk or optical disk, EEPROM, EPROM, SRAM, ROM, magnetic storage, flash memory, PROM.
- the receiver 2402 receives signals/data independently, or the processor 2401 controls the receiver 2402 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2401 requests the receiver 2402 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2401 cooperates with the receiver 2402 to receive signals/data.
- the transmitter 2403 independently sends signals/data, or the processor 2401 controls the transmitter 2403 to send signals/data, or the processor 2401 requests the transmitter 2403 to send signals/data, or the processor 2401 cooperates with the transmitter 2403 to send signals/data.
- a computer-readable storage medium is further provided, wherein at least one program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the at least one program is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the signal transmission method provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
- a chip which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions.
- the chip runs on a communication device, it is used to implement the signal transmission methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
- a computer program product is further provided.
- the computer program product is executed on a processor of a computer device, the computer device executes the above signal transmission method.
- a computer program is further provided.
- the computer program includes computer instructions.
- a processor of a computer device executes the computer instructions, so that the computer device executes the above-mentioned signal transmission method.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及通信领域,特别涉及一种信号传输方法、装置、设备及介质。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a signal transmission method, device, equipment and medium.
一些通信设备由于设备复杂度低,难以接收或处理常见的正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing,OFDM)信号,常见的用于生成OFDM信号的ZC序列也不再适用。另外,也存在一些通信设备由于工作频段的限制,接收OFDM信号并非较优选择。Some communication devices have difficulty receiving or processing common Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) signals due to their low complexity, and the common ZC sequence used to generate OFDM signals is no longer applicable. In addition, there are also some communication devices that are not a good choice for receiving OFDM signals due to the limitation of the working frequency band.
但是,对于这些不适用OFDM信号的通信设备来说,发送同步信号、测量信号的需求仍然是存在的。如何为不适用OFDM信号的通信设备设计非OFDM波形的同步信号、测量信号,暂无可行方案。However, for these communication devices that are not suitable for OFDM signals, the need to send synchronization signals and measurement signals still exists. There is currently no feasible solution for designing synchronization signals and measurement signals with non-OFDM waveforms for communication devices that are not suitable for OFDM signals.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种信号传输方法、装置、设备及介质,该技术方案至少包括:The present application provides a signal transmission method, apparatus, device and medium, and the technical solution at least includes:
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种信号传输方法,所述方法由网络设备执行,所述方法包括:According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a signal transmission method is provided, the method being performed by a network device, the method comprising:
发送第一信号,所述第一信号基于二进制序列生成,所述第一信号用于无线资源管理RRM测量和/或下行同步。A first signal is sent, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence, and the first signal is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种信号传输方法,所述方法由终端设备执行,所述方法包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a signal transmission method is provided, the method being executed by a terminal device, the method comprising:
接收第一信号,所述第一信号基于二进制序列生成,所述第一信号用于无线资源管理RRM测量和/或下行同步。A first signal is received, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence, and the first signal is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种信号传输装置,该装置包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a signal transmission device is provided, the device comprising:
发送模块,用于发送第一信号,所述第一信号基于二进制序列生成,所述第一信号用于无线资源管理RRM测量和/或下行同步。The sending module is used to send a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种信号传输装置,该装置包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a signal transmission device is provided, the device comprising:
接收模块,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号基于二进制序列生成,所述第一信号用于无线资源管理RRM测量和/或下行同步。The receiving module is used to receive a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种通信设备,所述通信设备包括:According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication device is provided, the communication device comprising:
处理器;与所述处理器相连的接收器和/或发射器;用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;A processor; a receiver and/or a transmitter connected to the processor; a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor;
其中,所述通信设备用于实现如上所述的信号传输方法。Wherein, the communication device is used to implement the signal transmission method as described above.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种通信设备,所述通信设备包括:接收器和/或发射器;According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication device is provided, the communication device comprising: a receiver and/or a transmitter;
其中,所述通信设备用于实现如上所述的信号传输方法。Wherein, the communication device is used to implement the signal transmission method as described above.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有可执行指令,所述可执行指令由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的信号传输方法。According to one aspect of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which executable instructions are stored. The executable instructions are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the signal transmission method as described in the above aspect.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机指令,所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,计算机设备的处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质读取所述计算机指令,所述处理器执行所述计算机指令,使得计算机设备执行以实现如上述方面所述的信号传输方法。According to one aspect of the present application, a computer program product is provided, which includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor of a computer device reads the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions, so that the computer device executes to implement the signal transmission method as described in the above aspects.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片运行时用于实现如上述方面所述的信号传输方法。According to one aspect of the present application, a chip is provided, which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip is running, it is used to implement the signal transmission method described in the above aspects.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供了一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括计算机指令,计算机设备的处理器执行所述计算机指令,使得所述计算机设备执行如上述方面所述的信号传输方法。According to one aspect of the present application, a computer program is provided, wherein the computer program includes computer instructions, and a processor of a computer device executes the computer instructions so that the computer device executes the signal transmission method as described in the above aspect.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以包括以下有益效果:The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application may have the following beneficial effects:
由于第一信号根据二进制序列生成,二进制序列复杂度低,易于生成也易于检测,十分容易与OOK波形、PSK波形、FSK波形等非OFDM波形相结合,为一些难以采用OFDM波形的通信场景提供了传输同步信号、测量信号的可能性,为下行同步、RRM测量提供了新的可行方案。若第一信号的接收端为低功耗设备、包含WUR的终端设备,则可以在保持低复杂度、低功耗的良好特性下,实现下行同步、RRM测量。若第一信号的接收端为工作在毫米波频段的终端设备,第一信号具有生成简单、易于实现、节省功耗等优势,结合毫米波传输可靠性高、波束窄等特点,第一信号能够满足毫米波频段的下行同步、RRM测量等需求。Since the first signal is generated according to a binary sequence, the binary sequence has low complexity, is easy to generate and easy to detect, and is very easy to combine with non-OFDM waveforms such as OOK waveforms, PSK waveforms, and FSK waveforms. It provides the possibility of transmitting synchronization signals and measurement signals for some communication scenarios where OFDM waveforms are difficult to use, and provides a new feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. If the receiving end of the first signal is a low-power device or a terminal device including WUR, downlink synchronization and RRM measurement can be achieved while maintaining the good characteristics of low complexity and low power consumption. If the receiving end of the first signal is a terminal device operating in the millimeter wave frequency band, the first signal has the advantages of simple generation, easy implementation, and power saving. Combined with the characteristics of high reliability and narrow beam of millimeter wave transmission, the first signal can meet the needs of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in the millimeter wave frequency band.
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付 出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the following briefly introduces the drawings required for use in the description of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application, and for ordinary technicians in this field, they will not be described in detail without paying attention to the following. On the premise of creative work, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings.
图1示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的无线通信系统的示意图;FIG1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图2示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信系统的示意图;FIG2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图3示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的射频能量采集的示意图;FIG3 shows a schematic diagram of radio frequency energy harvesting provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的反向散射通信过程的示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram showing a backscatter communication process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图5示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的电阻负载调制的示意图;FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of resistive load modulation provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图6示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的接收机示意图;FIG6 shows a schematic diagram of a receiver provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图7示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的编码方式示意图;FIG7 shows a schematic diagram of an encoding method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图8示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的生成m序列的示意图;FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of generating an m-sequence provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图9示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的生成m序列的示意图;FIG9 shows a schematic diagram of generating an m-sequence provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图10示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图11示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图12示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图13示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的循环移位的示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram showing a cyclic shift provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图14示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图15示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的不同序列占用的时域资源的示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram showing time domain resources occupied by different sequences provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图16示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时域资源映射的示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram showing time domain resource mapping provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图17示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的时域资源映射的示意图;FIG17 is a schematic diagram showing time domain resource mapping provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图18示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG18 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图19示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG19 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图20示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的示意图;FIG20 is a schematic diagram showing a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图21示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构框图;FIG21 shows a structural block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图22示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构框图;FIG22 shows a structural block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图23示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图24示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作进一步地详细描述。这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。In order to make the purpose, technical scheme and advantages of the present application clearer, the implementation mode of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The exemplary embodiments will be described in detail here, and examples thereof are shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, unless otherwise indicated, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements. The implementation modes described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementation modes consistent with the present application. Instead, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with some aspects of the present application as detailed in the attached claims.
在本申请使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本申请。在本申请和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。The terms used in this application are for the purpose of describing specific embodiments only and are not intended to limit this application. The singular forms of "a", "said" and "the" used in this application and the appended claims are also intended to include plural forms unless the context clearly indicates other meanings. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" used herein refers to and includes any or all possible combinations of one or more associated listed items.
应当理解,尽管在本申请可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本申请范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present application to describe various information, these information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of the present application, the first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of" or "when" or "in response to determining".
图1示出了本申请示例性实施例提供的无线通信系统的示意图。该无线通信系统包括网络设备110与终端设备120,和/或终端设备120与终端设备130,本申请对此不作限定。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 120, and/or a terminal device 120 and a terminal device 130, which are not limited in the present application.
本申请中的网络设备110提供无线通信功能,该网络设备110包括但不限于:演进型节点B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,Home Evolved Node B,或Home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(Baseband Unit,BBU)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统中的接入点(Access Point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(Transmission Point,TP)或者发送接收点(Transmission and Reception Point,TRP)等,还可以为第五代(5th Generation,5G)移动通信系统中的下一代节点B(Next Generation Node B,gNB)或传输点(TRP或TP),或者,为5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU)或分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)等,或者超5代(Beyond Fifth Generation,B5G)移动通信系统、第六代(6th Generation,6G)移动通信系统中的基站等,或者核心网(Core Network,CN)、前传(Fronthaul)、回传(Backhaul)、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、网络切片等,或 者射频识别技术(Radio Frequency Identification,RFID)系统的读写器。The network device 110 in the present application provides a wireless communication function, and the network device 110 includes but is not limited to: an evolved Node B (eNB), a radio network controller (RNC), a Node B (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a home base station (e.g., Home Evolved Node B, or Home Node B, HNB), a baseband unit (BBU), an access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be a next generation Node B (Next Generation Node B) in a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system. B, gNB) or transmission point (TRP or TP), or, one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or, it can also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU) or a distributed unit (Distributed Unit, DU), or a base station in a Beyond Fifth Generation (B5G) mobile communication system or a sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, or a core network (CN), fronthaul, backhaul, radio access network (RAN), network slicing, etc., or The reader/writer of the Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) system.
本申请中的终端设备120和/或终端设备130,或称用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置。该终端包括但不限于:手持设备、可穿戴设备、车载设备和物联网设备等,例如:电子标签、控制器、手机、平板电脑、电子书阅读器、膝上便携计算机、台式计算机、电视机、游戏机、移动互联网设备(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端和混合现实(Mixed Reality,MR)终端、可穿戴设备、手柄、工业控制(Industrial Control)中的无线终端、自动驾驶(Self Driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(Remote Medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(Smart Grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(Transportation Safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(Smart City)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(Smart Home)中的无线终端、远程手术(Remote Medical Surgery)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、电视机顶盒(Set Top Box,STB)、用户驻地设备(Customer Premise Equipment,CPE)等。The terminal device 120 and/or the terminal device 130 in the present application are also called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, user device. The terminal includes but is not limited to: handheld devices, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices and Internet of Things devices, such as: electronic tags, controllers, mobile phones, tablet computers, e-book readers, laptop computers, desktop computers, televisions, game consoles, mobile Internet devices (MID), augmented reality (AR) terminals, virtual reality (VR) terminals and mixed reality (MR) terminals, wearable devices, handles, wireless terminals in industrial control (Industrial Control), wireless terminals in self-driving (Self Driving), wireless terminals in remote medical care (Remote Medical), wireless terminals in smart grid (Smart Grid) and so on. Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), TV set-top box (STB), Customer Premise Equipment (CPE), etc.
在一些实施例中,网络设备110与终端设备120之间通过某种空口技术互相通信,例如Uu接口。In some embodiments, the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 communicate with each other via some air interface technology, such as a Uu interface.
在一些实施例中,网络设备110与终端设备120之间存在两种通信场景:上行通信场景与下行通信场景。其中,上行通信是指向网络设备110发送信号;下行通信是指向终端设备120发送信号。In some embodiments, there are two communication scenarios between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120: an uplink communication scenario and a downlink communication scenario. Uplink communication refers to sending signals to the network device 110; downlink communication refers to sending signals to the terminal device 120.
在一些实施例中,终端设备120与终端设备130之间通过某种直连通信接口互相通信,例如PC5接口。In some embodiments, the terminal device 120 and the terminal device 130 communicate with each other via some direct communication interface, such as a PC5 interface.
在一些实施例中,终端设备120与终端设备130之间存在两种通信场景:第一侧行通信场景与第二侧行通信场景。其中,第一侧行通信是指向终端设备130发送信号;第二侧行通信是指向终端设备120发送信号。In some embodiments, there are two communication scenarios between the terminal device 120 and the terminal device 130: a first side communication scenario and a second side communication scenario. The first side communication refers to sending a signal to the terminal device 130; the second side communication refers to sending a signal to the terminal device 120.
在一些实施例中,终端设备120与终端设备130均在网络覆盖范围内且位于相同的小区,或者终端设备120与终端设备130均在网络覆盖范围内但位于不同的小区,或者终端设备120在网络覆盖范围内但终端设备130在网络覆盖范围外。In some embodiments, terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 are both within the network coverage and located in the same cell, or terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 are both within the network coverage but located in different cells, or terminal device 120 is within the network coverage but terminal device 130 is outside the network coverage.
本申请中实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced Long Term Evolution,LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、5G移动通信系统、新空口(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks,TN)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi)、蜂窝物联网系统、蜂窝无源物联网系统、环境能物联网(Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things,Ambient IoT/A-IoT)系统、零功耗物联网系统,也可以适用于5G NR系统后续的演进系统,还可以适用于B5G、6G以及后续的演进系统。本申请的一些实施例中,“NR”也可以称为5G NR系统或者5G系统。其中,5G移动通信系统可以包括非独立组网(Non-Standalone,NSA)和/或独立组网(Standalone,SA)。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability The present invention is applicable to WiMAX) communication system, 5G mobile communication system, New Radio (NR) system, NR system evolution system, LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum (LTE-U) system, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system, terrestrial communication network (TN) system, non-terrestrial communication network (NTN) system, wireless local area network (WLAN), wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi), cellular Internet of Things system, cellular passive Internet of Things system, ambient power Internet of Things (Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things, Ambient IoT/A-IoT) system, zero-power Internet of Things system, and can also be applied to the subsequent evolution system of 5G NR system, and can also be applied to B5G, 6G and subsequent evolution systems. In some embodiments of the present application, "NR" may also be referred to as a 5G NR system or a 5G system. The 5G mobile communication system may include a non-standalone (NSA) and/or a standalone (SA) network.
本申请中实施例提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution-Machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)网络、机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)网络、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车到其他设备(Vehicle to X,V2X,X可以代表任何事物),例如,该V2X可以包括:车辆到车辆(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信、车辆与基础设施(Vehicle to Infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(Vehicle to Pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(Vehicle to Network,V2N)通信等。The technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution technology for machine-to-machine communication (LTE-M), device to device (D2D) network, machine to machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (IoT) network or other networks. Among them, IoT network can include vehicle networking, for example. Among them, the communication mode in the vehicle networking system is collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (Vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian communication (V2P) or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
本实施例提供的无线通信系统,可以应用于但不限于以下通信场景中的至少一种:上行通信场景、下行通信场景、侧行通信场景。The wireless communication system provided in this embodiment can be applied to but is not limited to at least one of the following communication scenarios: an uplink communication scenario, a downlink communication scenario, and a sidelink communication scenario.
低功耗设备:Low power devices:
在一些实施例中,图1所示的终端设备还可以实现为低功耗设备。In some embodiments, the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 may also be implemented as a low-power consumption device.
低功耗设备也可以称为如下至少之一:超低功耗设备、零功耗设备、无源物联网(Passive IoT)设备、环境能物联网(Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things,Ambient IoT/A-IoT)设备。 The low-power device may also be referred to as at least one of the following: an ultra-low-power device, a zero-power device, a Passive IoT device, or an Ambient Power Enabled Internet of Things (Ambient IoT/A-IoT) device.
通过低功耗设备实现的通信技术也可以称为如下至少之一:零功耗通信技术、超低功耗通信技术、低功耗通信技术、环境能物联网(Ambient IoT/A-IoT)技术、无源物联网技术、零功耗物联网技术。The communication technology implemented by low-power devices can also be called at least one of the following: zero-power communication technology, ultra-low-power communication technology, low-power communication technology, ambient energy Internet of Things (Ambient IoT/A-IoT) technology, passive Internet of Things technology, and zero-power Internet of Things technology.
低功耗设备可以对环境中的能量(例如射频能、太阳能、光能、热能、机械能、动能等)进行能量采集,获得用于通信的能量。一般来说,基于能量来源和使用方式,可以将低功耗设备划分为如下三种:Low-power devices can harvest energy from the environment (such as radio frequency energy, solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, mechanical energy, kinetic energy, etc.) to obtain energy for communication. Generally speaking, based on the energy source and usage method, low-power devices can be divided into the following three types:
(1)无源设备;无源设备不需要内装电池。无源设备接近网络设备(比如RFID系统的读写器)时,无源设备处于网络设备天线辐射形成的近场范围内,因此,无源设备天线通过电磁感应产生感应电流,感应电流驱动无源设备的低功耗芯片电路。实现对前向链路信号的解调,以及后向链路的信号调制等工作。对于反向散射链路,无源设备可使用反向散射或极低功耗的主动发射方式进行信号的传输。无源设备无论是前向链路还是反向链路都不需要内置电池来驱动,因此,可以认为无源设备是一种零功耗设备。(1) Passive devices: Passive devices do not require built-in batteries. When a passive device is close to a network device (such as the reader of an RFID system), the passive device is within the near field formed by the radiation of the antenna of the network device. Therefore, the antenna of the passive device generates an induced current through electromagnetic induction, and the induced current drives the low-power chip circuit of the passive device. It realizes the demodulation of the forward link signal and the modulation of the reverse link signal. For the backscatter link, the passive device can use backscatter or extremely low-power active transmission to transmit the signal. Passive devices do not require built-in batteries to drive either the forward link or the reverse link. Therefore, passive devices can be considered as zero-power devices.
除了不需要电池,无源设备的射频电路和基带电路还都非常简单,例如不需要LNA、功率放大器(Power Amplifier,PA)、晶振、模数转换器(Analog to Digital Converter,ADC)等器件,使得无源设备具有体积小、重量轻、价格非常便宜、使用寿命长等诸多优点。In addition to not requiring batteries, the RF circuits and baseband circuits of passive devices are also very simple. For example, they do not require devices such as LNA, power amplifier (PA), crystal oscillator, analog to digital converter (ADC), etc., which makes passive devices have many advantages such as small size, light weight, very low price, and long service life.
无源设备也可以支持其他的能量采集方式,通过对环境中的能量(例如太阳能、光能、热能、动能、机械能等)进行能量采集,获得驱动电路的能量,从而实现通信。Passive devices can also support other energy harvesting methods by harvesting energy from the environment (such as solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, kinetic energy, mechanical energy, etc.) to obtain energy for driving circuits, thereby achieving communication.
(2)半无源设备;半无源设备自身不安装常规电池,可使用射频能量采集模块采集无线电波能量,或使用能量采集模块采集环境中的能量(例如太阳能、光能、热能、动能、机械能等),同时将采集到的能量存储于一个储能单元(比如电容)中。储能单元获得能量后,可以驱动半无源设备的低功耗芯片电路。实现对前向链路信号的解调,以及后向链路的信号调制等工作。对于反向散射链路,半无源设备可使用反向散射进行信号的传输。半无源设备也可以具有主动发射的能力,即后向链路除了通过反向散射的方式进行通信,也可以采用主动发射的方式进行通信。(2) Semi-passive devices: Semi-passive devices do not have conventional batteries installed on them. They can use radio frequency energy harvesting modules to harvest radio wave energy, or use energy harvesting modules to harvest energy from the environment (such as solar energy, light energy, thermal energy, kinetic energy, mechanical energy, etc.), and store the harvested energy in an energy storage unit (such as a capacitor). After the energy storage unit obtains energy, it can drive the low-power chip circuit of the semi-passive device. It can realize tasks such as demodulation of forward link signals and modulation of backward link signals. For backscatter links, semi-passive devices can use backscatter to transmit signals. Semi-passive devices can also have the ability to actively transmit, that is, in addition to communicating through backscatter, the backward link can also use active transmission to communicate.
半无源设备无论是前向链路还是反向链路都不需要内置电池来驱动,虽然工作中使用了电容储存的能量,但该能源来源于能量采集模块采集的无线电能量或环境能量,因此,可以认为半无源设备也是一种零功耗设备。Semi-passive devices do not require built-in batteries to drive either the forward link or the reverse link. Although energy stored in capacitors is used during operation, this energy comes from radio energy or ambient energy collected by the energy harvesting module. Therefore, semi-passive devices can be considered as zero-power devices.
半无源设备继承了无源设备的诸多优点,比如:具有体积小、重量轻、价格非常便宜、使用寿命长等。Semi-passive devices inherit many advantages of passive devices, such as small size, light weight, very cheap price, long service life, etc.
(3)有源设备;有源设备可以内置电池。电池用于驱动有源设备的低功耗芯片电路,实现对前向链路信号的解调,以及后向链路的信号调制等工作。有源设备的反向链路的信号传输可以不需要消耗有源设备的自身功率,通过反向散射的方式实现反向链路传输,从而实现零功耗的效果。有源设备也可以具有主动发射的能力,即后向链路除了通过反向散射的方式进行通信,也可以采用主动发射的方式进行通信。(3) Active devices: Active devices can have built-in batteries. The battery is used to drive the low-power chip circuit of the active device to achieve demodulation of the forward link signal and modulation of the reverse link signal. The reverse link signal transmission of the active device does not need to consume the active device's own power, and reverse link transmission is achieved through backscattering, thereby achieving zero power consumption. Active devices can also have the ability to actively transmit, that is, in addition to communicating through backscattering, the reverse link can also use active transmission to communicate.
虽然内置电池,但这类有源设备具有极低的功耗和复杂度,因此可以将电池的容量设置在较小的范围,从而实现较小的成本和尺寸。有源设备内置的电池也可以作为储能单元,用于存储能量采集模块采集到的环境能量,从而使得有源设备的维护周期较长,甚至是免维护。Although the battery is built in, this type of active device has extremely low power consumption and complexity, so the battery capacity can be set within a smaller range, thereby achieving a smaller cost and size. The battery built into the active device can also be used as an energy storage unit to store the ambient energy collected by the energy harvesting module, thereby making the maintenance cycle of the active device longer or even maintenance-free.
在有源设备中,采用内置电池供电,增加有源设备的通信距离,比如,增加电子标签的读写距离,以提高通信的可靠性。因此在一些对通信距离、读取时延等方面要求相对较高的场景中,有源设备得以应用。In active devices, built-in batteries are used to power the devices, which increases the communication distance of active devices, for example, increases the reading and writing distance of electronic tags, so as to improve the reliability of communication. Therefore, active devices are used in some scenarios with relatively high requirements on communication distance, reading delay, etc.
在通信方式上,低功耗设备可以支持反向散射方式和/或主动发射的通信方式。一般来说,基于发射机类型,可以将低功耗设备划分为如下三种:In terms of communication mode, low-power devices can support backscattering and/or active transmission communication. Generally speaking, based on the transmitter type, low-power devices can be divided into the following three types:
(1)基于反向散射的低功耗设备;这类设备使用如上述反向散射的方式进行上行数据传输。这类设备不具备主动发射的有源发射机,仅具备反向散射的发射机。因此,在该类设备进行上行数据发送时,需要网络设备提供载波,该类设备基于载波进行反向散射从而实现上行数据传输。(1) Low-power devices based on backscattering: This type of device uses the backscattering method as described above for uplink data transmission. This type of device does not have an active transmitter for active transmission, but only has a backscattering transmitter. Therefore, when this type of device sends uplink data, the network device needs to provide a carrier. This type of device performs backscattering based on the carrier to achieve uplink data transmission.
(2)基于有源发射机的低功耗设备;这类设备使用具备主动发射能力的有源发射机进行上行数据传输,因此该类设备在上行数据发送时,使用自身的有源发射机即可以发送上行数据,而不需要网络设备提供载波。适用于该类设备的有源发射机例如可以是超低功耗的ASK发射机、超低功耗的FSK发射机等,基于目前的实现,这类发射机在发射100微瓦的信号情况下,其整体功耗可以降低至400~600微瓦。(2) Low-power devices based on active transmitters: This type of device uses an active transmitter with active transmission capability for uplink data transmission. Therefore, when sending uplink data, this type of device can use its own active transmitter to send uplink data without the need for network equipment to provide a carrier. Active transmitters suitable for this type of device can be, for example, ultra-low power ASK transmitters, ultra-low power FSK transmitters, etc. Based on current implementations, when transmitting a 100 microwatt signal, the overall power consumption of this type of transmitter can be reduced to 400 to 600 microwatts.
(3)同时具备反向散射以及有源发射机的低功耗设备;这类设备既可支持反向散射,又可支持有源发射机。该类设备可以根据不同的情况(如不同电量的情况、不同可用的环境能源的情况),或者基于网络设备的调度来确定是使用反向散射方式还是使用主动发射机进行主动发送。(3) Low-power devices with both backscatter and active transmitters: This type of device can support both backscatter and active transmitters. This type of device can determine whether to use backscatter or active transmitters for active transmission based on different situations (such as different power levels, different available environmental energy levels), or based on the scheduling of network devices.
图2示出了本申请示例性实施例提供的一种通信系统200。通信系统200中包括网络设备110和属于低功耗设备的终端设备140。Fig. 2 shows a communication system 200 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The communication system 200 includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 140 which is a low-power consumption device.
属于低功耗设备的终端设备140包括能量采集模块321。可选的,除能量采集模块321之外,终端设备140还包括反向散射通信模块322。可选的,除能量采集模块321之外,终端设备140还包括逻辑处理模块323,示例性的,逻辑处理模块323包括低功耗计算模块。可选的,除能量采集模块321之外,终端设备140还包括传感器模块324。可选的,除能量采集模块321之外,终端设备140还包括存储器(图中未示出)。可选的,除能量采集模块321之外,终端设备140还包括反向散射通信模块322、逻辑处理模块 323、传感器模块324和存储器中的一个或多个。The terminal device 140, which is a low-power device, includes an energy collection module 321. Optionally, in addition to the energy collection module 321, the terminal device 140 also includes a backscatter communication module 322. Optionally, in addition to the energy collection module 321, the terminal device 140 also includes a logic processing module 323. Exemplarily, the logic processing module 323 includes a low-power computing module. Optionally, in addition to the energy collection module 321, the terminal device 140 also includes a sensor module 324. Optionally, in addition to the energy collection module 321, the terminal device 140 also includes a memory (not shown in the figure). Optionally, in addition to the energy collection module 321, the terminal device 140 also includes a backscatter communication module 322, a logic processing module 323, one or more of a sensor module 324 and a memory.
示例性的,能量采集模块321可以采集空间中无线电波携带的能量、或光能、或动能、或机械能、或太阳能等,从而为驱动终端设备140的各个模块供能。终端设备140获得能量后,可以通过接收机接收来自网络设备110的信号,也可以通过反向散射通信模块322向网络设备110反射信号,也可以通过发射机向网络设备110发射信号(图中未示出)。终端设备140反射或发射的数据可以是自身存储的数据(比如身份标识或预先写入的信息,如商品的生产日期、品牌、生产厂家等)。传感器模块324可以包括各类传感器,终端设备140可以基于低功耗机制将各类传感器采集的数据上报。存储器用于存储一些基本信息(如物品标识等)或获取环境温度、环境湿度等传感数据。Exemplarily, the energy collection module 321 can collect energy carried by radio waves in space, or light energy, or kinetic energy, or mechanical energy, or solar energy, etc., so as to provide energy for driving each module of the terminal device 140. After the terminal device 140 obtains energy, it can receive a signal from the network device 110 through a receiver, or reflect a signal to the network device 110 through a backscatter communication module 322, or transmit a signal to the network device 110 through a transmitter (not shown in the figure). The data reflected or transmitted by the terminal device 140 can be data stored by itself (such as an identity or pre-written information, such as the production date, brand, manufacturer, etc. of the product). The sensor module 324 can include various types of sensors, and the terminal device 140 can report the data collected by various types of sensors based on a low power consumption mechanism. The memory is used to store some basic information (such as item identification, etc.) or obtain sensor data such as ambient temperature and ambient humidity.
终端设备140可以采用逻辑处理模块323来实现简单的信号解调、解码或编码、调制等简单的运算工作,硬件设计可以十分简单,使得终端设备140成本很低、体积很小。The terminal device 140 can use the logic processing module 323 to implement simple signal demodulation, decoding or encoding, modulation and other simple computing tasks, and the hardware design can be very simple, making the terminal device 140 very low in cost and small in size.
应当理解,图2所示的终端设备140所包括的模块仅为一种示例而非限定。It should be understood that the modules included in the terminal device 140 shown in FIG. 2 are merely examples and not limitations.
图3示出了能量采集模块321进行射频能量采集(Radio Frequency Power Harvesting)的原理图。射频能量采集是基于电磁感应原理,利用射频模块RF通过电磁感应,并与保持并联关系的电容C、负载电阻RL进行连接,实现对空间电磁波能量的采集,获得驱动低功耗设备工作所需的能量,比如:用于驱动低功耗解调模块、调制模块、传感器和内存读取等。基于此,实现低功耗设备无需传统电池的效果。FIG3 shows a schematic diagram of radio frequency power harvesting by the energy harvesting module 321. Radio frequency power harvesting is based on the principle of electromagnetic induction. The radio frequency module RF is connected with the capacitor C and the load resistor RL in parallel through electromagnetic induction to achieve the collection of electromagnetic wave energy in space and obtain the energy required to drive low-power devices, such as: for driving low-power demodulation modules, modulation modules, sensors and memory reading. Based on this, the effect of low-power devices without traditional batteries is achieved.
图4示出了反向散射通信模块322进行反向散射通信(Back Scattering)的原理图。终端设备140接收网络设备110的发送模块(Transmit,TX)111使用放大器(Amplifier,AMP)112发送的无线信号载波131,并对无线信号载波131进行调制,使用逻辑处理模块323加载需要发送的信息,并使用能量采集模块321采集射频能量。终端设备140使用天线316辐射调制后的反射信号132,这个信息传输过程称为反向散射通信。网络设备110接收模块(Receive,RX)113使用低噪声放大器(Low Noise Amplifier,LNA)114接收调制后的反射信号132。反向散射和负载调制功能密不可分。负载调制通过对终端设备140的振荡回路的电路参数按照数据流的节拍进行调节和控制,使终端设备140阻抗的大小等参数随之改变,完成调制的过程。FIG4 shows a schematic diagram of backscatter communication module 322 performing backscatter communication (Back Scattering). Terminal device 140 receives wireless signal carrier 131 sent by transmitter module (Transmit, TX) 111 of network device 110 using amplifier (Amplifier, AMP) 112, modulates wireless signal carrier 131, uses logic processing module 323 to load information to be sent, and uses energy collection module 321 to collect radio frequency energy. Terminal device 140 uses antenna 316 to radiate modulated reflected signal 132, and this information transmission process is called backscatter communication. Receive module (Receive, RX) 113 of network device 110 uses low noise amplifier (Low Noise Amplifier, LNA) 114 to receive modulated reflected signal 132. Backscatter and load modulation functions are inseparable. Load modulation completes the modulation process by adjusting and controlling the circuit parameters of the oscillation circuit of terminal device 140 according to the beat of the data stream, so that the impedance and other parameters of terminal device 140 change accordingly.
负载调制技术主要包括电阻负载调制和电容负载调制。图5示出了电阻负载调制的原理图。在电阻负载调制中,负载电阻RL并联第三电阻R3,基于二进制编码的控制的开关S实现接通或断开,第三电阻R3的通断会导致电路上的电压产生变化,负载电阻RL与第一电容C1保持并联的连接关系,负载电阻RL与第二电阻R2保持串联的连接关系,第二电阻R2与第一电感L1保持串联的连接关系。第一电感L1与第二电感L2之间耦合,第二电感L2与第二电容C2保持串联的连接关系。示例性的,可以实现幅度键控调制(Amplitude Shift Keying,ASK),即通过调整终端设备的反向散射信号的幅度大小实现信号的调制与传输。类似地,在电容负载调制中,通过电容的通断可以使得电路谐振频率变化,实现频率键控调制(Frequency Shift Keying,FSK),即通过调整终端设备的反向散射信号的工作频率实现信号的调制与传输。Load modulation technology mainly includes resistive load modulation and capacitive load modulation. FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of resistive load modulation. In resistive load modulation, the load resistor RL is connected in parallel with the third resistor R3, and the switch S based on binary coding control is turned on or off. The on and off of the third resistor R3 will cause the voltage on the circuit to change. The load resistor RL maintains a parallel connection relationship with the first capacitor C1, the load resistor RL maintains a series connection relationship with the second resistor R2, and the second resistor R2 maintains a series connection relationship with the first inductor L1. The first inductor L1 is coupled with the second inductor L2, and the second inductor L2 maintains a series connection relationship with the second capacitor C2. Exemplarily, amplitude shift keying (ASK) can be implemented, that is, the amplitude of the backscattered signal of the terminal device is adjusted to achieve signal modulation and transmission. Similarly, in capacitive load modulation, the circuit resonant frequency can be changed by turning the capacitor on and off, and frequency shift keying (FSK) can be implemented, that is, the signal modulation and transmission is achieved by adjusting the operating frequency of the backscattered signal of the terminal device.
终端设备140可以借助负载调制的方式,对来波信号进行信息调制,实现了反向散射通信的过程。The terminal device 140 can perform information modulation on the incoming signal by means of load modulation, thereby realizing the backscatter communication process.
因此,低功耗设备具有如下显著优点:(1)可以不主动发射信号,因此不需要复杂的射频链路,如PA、射频滤波器等;(2)不需要主动产生高频信号,因此不需要高频晶振;(3)借助反向散射通信,信号传输不需要消耗自身能量。Therefore, low-power devices have the following significant advantages: (1) They do not need to actively transmit signals, so they do not require complex RF links, such as PA, RF filters, etc.; (2) They do not need to actively generate high-frequency signals, so they do not need high-frequency crystal oscillators; (3) With the help of backscatter communication, signal transmission does not need to consume its own energy.
由于具备极低的成本、极低的功耗、小尺寸等显著优点,如图2所示的通信系统可以广泛应用于各行各业,例如面向垂直行业的物流,智能仓储,智慧农业,能源电力,工业互联网等;也可以应用于智能可穿戴,智能家居等个人应用等。Due to its significant advantages such as extremely low cost, extremely low power consumption, and small size, the communication system shown in Figure 2 can be widely used in various industries, such as logistics for vertical industries, smart warehousing, smart agriculture, energy and electricity, industrial Internet, etc.; it can also be applied to personal applications such as smart wearables and smart homes.
比如,至少应用于如下四类场景:(1)物体识别,如物流、生产线产品的管理、供应链管理;(2)环境监测,如工作环境、自然环境的温度、湿度、有害气体监测;(3)定位,如室内定位、智能寻物、产线物品定位等;(4)智能控制,如对智能家居中各类电器的智能控制(开关空调,调整温度),农业大棚各类设施的智能控制(自动浇灌,施肥)。For example, it is applied to at least the following four scenarios: (1) object recognition, such as logistics, production line product management, and supply chain management; (2) environmental monitoring, such as temperature, humidity, and harmful gas monitoring of the working environment and natural environment; (3) positioning, such as indoor positioning, intelligent object search, and production line item positioning; (4) intelligent control, such as intelligent control of various electrical appliances in smart homes (turning on and off air conditioners, adjusting temperature), and intelligent control of various facilities in agricultural greenhouses (automatic irrigation and fertilization).
唤醒接收机(Wake-Up Receiver,WUR):Wake-Up Receiver (WUR):
另外一种场景中,为了实现UE的进一步节电,引入WUR接收节能信号的机制。WUR具有极低成本、极低复杂度和极低功耗的特点,其主要通过基于包络检测的方式接收节能信号。因此,WUR接收的节能信号与常规的基于PDCCH承载的信号相比,调制方式、波形等方面都存在不同。节能信号主要通过对载波信号进行ASK调制的包络信号。包络信号的解调也可基于无线射频信号提供的能量驱动低功耗电路来完成,因此它可以是无源的。WUR也可以通过UE进行供电,无论哪种供电方式,WUR相比于UE的传统接收机都极大地降低了功耗,例如WUR可以实现小于1毫瓦(mw)的功耗,远低于传统接收机几十至几百毫瓦的功耗。WUR可以和UE结合在一起,作为UE的传统接收机的一个附加模块,也可以作为UE的一个单独模块,比如唤醒功能模块。In another scenario, in order to achieve further power saving of UE, a mechanism for WUR to receive energy-saving signals is introduced. WUR has the characteristics of extremely low cost, extremely low complexity and extremely low power consumption. It mainly receives energy-saving signals based on envelope detection. Therefore, the energy-saving signals received by WUR are different from the conventional signals based on PDCCH carrier in terms of modulation mode, waveform, etc. The energy-saving signal is mainly an envelope signal that ASK modulates the carrier signal. The demodulation of the envelope signal can also be completed based on the energy provided by the wireless RF signal to drive the low-power circuit, so it can be passive. WUR can also be powered by UE. Regardless of the power supply method, WUR greatly reduces power consumption compared to the traditional receiver of UE. For example, WUR can achieve power consumption of less than 1 milliwatt (mw), which is much lower than the power consumption of tens to hundreds of milliwatts of traditional receivers. WUR can be combined with UE as an additional module of the traditional receiver of UE, or it can be a separate module of UE, such as a wake-up function module.
包含WUR的接收机系统框图如图6所示,WUR接收节能信号,如果需要UE打开主收发机(Main Radio)101,网络设备可以通过发送唤醒信号(Wake Up Signal,WUS)开启UE的主收发机101。否则,UE的主收发机101可以处于关闭状态。因此,UE可以使用WUR 103监听WUS,在没有业务或没有寻呼消息时,UE可以一直使用WUR 103。仅当有业务时,UE才收到WUS从而唤醒主收发机101进行数据收发,因此相比于传统UE一直使用主收发机的模式来说,WUR 103可以显著降低UE的整体功耗,实现UE侧的节能。The receiver system block diagram including WUR is shown in FIG6. WUR receives the energy-saving signal. If the UE needs to turn on the main transceiver (Main In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE uses a WUR 103 to monitor the WUS, and the UE can always use the WUR 103 when there is no business or paging message. Only when there is business, the UE receives the WUS to wake up the main transceiver 101 for data transmission and reception. Therefore, compared with the traditional UE always using the main transceiver mode, the WUR 103 can significantly reduce the overall power consumption of the UE and achieve energy saving on the UE side.
一方面,WUR可以作为传统UE的辅助接收机来实现主收发机的节能,比如,图1所示的终端设备120包括主收发机和WUR,使得终端设备120实现节能。另一方面,与WUR类似的低功耗接收机也可以作为低功耗设备的接收机,用于接收下行信号(例如网络设备发送的控制信令、下行数据等),比如,图2所示的终端设备140通过低功耗接收机(与WUR类似)接收下行信号,使得终端设备140实现节能。On the one hand, WUR can be used as an auxiliary receiver of a traditional UE to achieve energy saving of the main transceiver. For example, the terminal device 120 shown in FIG1 includes a main transceiver and a WUR, so that the terminal device 120 can achieve energy saving. On the other hand, a low-power receiver similar to WUR can also be used as a receiver of a low-power device to receive downlink signals (such as control signaling sent by a network device, downlink data, etc.). For example, the terminal device 140 shown in FIG2 receives downlink signals through a low-power receiver (similar to WUR), so that the terminal device 140 can achieve energy saving.
图7示出了如图1、图2、图6所示的通信设备所采用的编码方式的示意图。如图1、图2、图6所示的通信设备传输的信号,可以使用不同形式的代码来表示二进制的“1”和“0”,也即使用不同的脉冲信号表示“0”和“1”。此处介绍如下几种编码方式:FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing the coding method used by the communication devices shown in FIG1, FIG2, and FIG6. The signals transmitted by the communication devices shown in FIG1, FIG2, and FIG6 can use different forms of codes to represent binary "1" and "0", that is, use different pulse signals to represent "0" and "1". Here are several coding methods:
·反向不归零(Not Return to Zero,NRZ)编码:反向不归零编码用高电平表示二进制“1”,低电平表示二进制“0”,图6中示出了使用NRZ方法编码二进制数据:101100101001011的电平示意图。·Not Return to Zero (NRZ) encoding: Non-return to zero encoding uses a high level to represent binary "1" and a low level to represent binary "0". Figure 6 shows the level diagram of using the NRZ method to encode binary data: 101100101001011.
·曼彻斯特(Manchester)编码:曼彻斯特编码也被称为分相编码(Split-Phase Coding)。在曼彻斯特编码中,二进制数值由该位长度内半个位周期时电平的变化(上升或下降)表示,在半个位周期时的负跳变表示二进制“1”,半个位周期时的正跳变表示二进制“0”。曼彻斯特编码在采用载波的负载调制或者反向散射调制时,通常用于从低功耗设备到网络设备的数据传输,因为这有利于发现数据传输的错误。这是因为曼彻斯特编码在位长度内,“没有变化”的状态是不允许的。当多个低功耗设备同时发送的数据位有不同值时,接收的上升边和下降边互相抵消,导致在整个位长度内是不间断的载波信号,由于该状态不允许,所以网络设备利用该错误就可以判定碰撞发生的具体位置。图6中示出了使用曼彻斯特方法编码二进制数据:101100101001011的电平示意图。Manchester coding: Manchester coding is also known as Split-Phase Coding. In Manchester coding, the binary value is represented by the change in level (rising or falling) during half a bit period within the bit length. A negative jump during half a bit period represents a binary "1", and a positive jump during half a bit period represents a binary "0". Manchester coding is usually used for data transmission from low-power devices to network devices when using carrier load modulation or backscatter modulation, because it is conducive to discovering data transmission errors. This is because the "no change" state is not allowed within the bit length of Manchester coding. When multiple low-power devices send data bits with different values at the same time, the received rising and falling edges cancel each other, resulting in an uninterrupted carrier signal throughout the bit length. Since this state is not allowed, the network device can use this error to determine the specific location where the collision occurred. Figure 6 shows a level diagram of binary data encoded using the Manchester method: 101100101001011.
·单极性归零(Unipolar Return to Zero,URZ)编码:单极性归零编码在第一个半个位周期中的高电平表示二进制“1”,而持续整个位周期内的低电平信号表示二进制“1”,图6中示出了使用URZ方法编码二进制数据:101100101001011的电平示意图。Unipolar Return to Zero (URZ) encoding: In URZ encoding, a high level in the first half of the bit period represents a binary "1", while a low level signal that lasts throughout the entire bit period represents a binary "1". Figure 6 shows a level diagram of using the URZ method to encode binary data: 101100101001011.
·差动双相(Differential Binary Phase,DBP)编码:差动双相编码在半个位周期中的任意的边沿表示二进制“0”,没有边沿表示二进制“1”,此外,在每个位周期开始时,电平都要反相。因此,对接收器来说,位节拍比较容易重建。图6中示出了使用DBP方法编码二进制数据:101100101001011的电平示意图。Differential Binary Phase (DBP) encoding: Differential Binary Phase encoding represents binary "0" at any edge in half a bit period, and no edge represents binary "1". In addition, the level is inverted at the beginning of each bit period. Therefore, the bit beat is easier to reconstruct for the receiver. Figure 6 shows a level diagram of binary data 101100101001011 encoded using the DBP method.
·米勒(Miller)编码:米勒编码在半个位周期内的任意边沿表示二进制“1”,而经过下一个位周期中不变的电平表示二进制“0”。位周期开始时产生电平交变,对接收器来说,位节拍比较容易重建。图6中示出了使用米勒方法编码二进制数据:101100101001011的电平示意图。Miller coding: Miller coding uses any edge within half a bit period to represent a binary "1", while a constant level in the next bit period represents a binary "0". Level changes occur at the beginning of a bit period, and the bit beat is easier to reconstruct for the receiver. Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram of the level of binary data 101100101001011 encoded using the Miller method.
·差动编码:差动编码中,每个要传输的二进制“1”都会引起信号电平的变化,而对于二进制“0”,信号电平保持不变。Differential encoding: In differential encoding, each binary "1" to be transmitted causes a change in the signal level, while for binary "0", the signal level remains unchanged.
需要注意的是,上述编码方式作为如图1、图2、图6所示的通信设备可采用的编码方式的示例,而非限定。It should be noted that the above encoding methods are examples of encoding methods that can be adopted by the communication devices shown in Figures 1, 2, and 6, but are not limiting.
下行同步:Downlink synchronization:
终端设备为了与网络设备建立连接,需要使终端设备和网络设备在时间和/或频率上实现同步。终端设备根据网络设备发送的下行信号,与网络设备保持时域同步和/或频域同步的过程称为下行同步。其中,用于实现下行同步的下行信号,可以称为同步信号。In order to establish a connection with a network device, the terminal device needs to synchronize the terminal device and the network device in time and/or frequency. The process of the terminal device maintaining time domain synchronization and/or frequency domain synchronization with the network device based on the downlink signal sent by the network device is called downlink synchronization. Among them, the downlink signal used to achieve downlink synchronization can be called a synchronization signal.
无线资源管理(Radio Resource Management,RRM)测量:Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurements:
RRM是对无线通信系统中信道干扰、无线资源等方面的管理,目标是在有限带宽条件下为终端设备提供优质的业务质量保障。RRM基于终端设备的RRM测量及上报实现,终端设备对网络设备发送的下行信号进行测量并上报测量结果,以便于网络设备及时调整信道、功率、带宽、波束等参数中的一项或多项,使得无线网络能够快速适应环境变化,从而保持通信系统内的优质业务质量。其中,用于实现RRM测量的下行信号,可以称为测量信号、参考信号等。RRM is the management of channel interference, wireless resources and other aspects in wireless communication systems. Its goal is to provide high-quality service quality assurance for terminal devices under limited bandwidth conditions. RRM is based on the RRM measurement and reporting of terminal devices. The terminal devices measure the downlink signals sent by network devices and report the measurement results so that network devices can adjust one or more of the parameters such as channels, power, bandwidth, beams, etc. in a timely manner, so that the wireless network can quickly adapt to environmental changes, thereby maintaining high-quality service quality within the communication system. Among them, the downlink signal used to implement RRM measurement can be called a measurement signal, a reference signal, etc.
低功耗设备、包含WUR的终端设备,作为具有低功耗特性的终端设备,自然也存在下行同步、RRM测量的需求。Low-power devices and terminal devices including WUR, as terminal devices with low power consumption characteristics, naturally also have the need for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
其中,低功耗设备进行下行同步、RRM测量时,低功耗接收机接收同步信号以进行下行同步所需的功耗,明显小于传统接收机进行下行同步所需的功耗,低功耗接收机接收测量信号以进行RRM测量所需的功耗,明显小于传统接收机进行RRM测量所需的功耗。Among them, when the low-power device performs downlink synchronization and RRM measurement, the power consumption required for the low-power receiver to receive the synchronization signal for downlink synchronization is significantly less than the power consumption required for the traditional receiver to perform downlink synchronization, and the power consumption required for the low-power receiver to receive the measurement signal for RRM measurement is significantly less than the power consumption required for the traditional receiver to perform RRM measurement.
包含WUR的终端设备进行下行同步、RRM测量时,可以通过WUR承担主收发机的RRM测量任务,减少或避免因为要执行RRM测量而唤醒主收发机的需求,从而实现主收发机的节能。 When a terminal device including WUR performs downlink synchronization and RRM measurement, WUR can take over the RRM measurement task of the main transceiver, reducing or avoiding the need to wake up the main transceiver to perform RRM measurement, thereby achieving energy saving of the main transceiver.
示例性的,WUR替代主收发机进行RRM测量,由于无需主收发机进行RRM测量,可以节省主收发机的功耗,由于WUR的功耗低于主收发机,通过WUR进行RRM测量可以显著降低UE的整体功耗。示例性的,WUR替代一部分RRM测量任务,主收发机承担另一部分RRM测量任务,减少主收发机进行RRM测量的时长的次数,从而节省主收发机的功耗。Exemplarily, WUR replaces the main transceiver to perform RRM measurements. Since the main transceiver is not required to perform RRM measurements, the power consumption of the main transceiver can be saved. Since the power consumption of WUR is lower than that of the main transceiver, performing RRM measurements through WUR can significantly reduce the overall power consumption of the UE. Exemplarily, WUR replaces part of the RRM measurement tasks, and the main transceiver undertakes another part of the RRM measurement tasks, reducing the number of times the main transceiver performs RRM measurements, thereby saving the power consumption of the main transceiver.
示例性的,WUR接收同步信号并进行下行同步,由于无需主收发机执行下行同步,可以节省主收发机的功耗,在唤醒主收发机后,主收发机可以直接根据WUR的下行同步结果进行数据的收发,从而减少业务时延。示例性的,WUR接收同步信号并进行粗同步,唤醒主收发机来进一步地执行细同步,减少主收发机进行下行同步的时长和步骤,从而节省主收发机的功耗,减少业务时延。Exemplarily, WUR receives a synchronization signal and performs downlink synchronization. Since the main transceiver does not need to perform downlink synchronization, the power consumption of the main transceiver can be saved. After waking up the main transceiver, the main transceiver can directly send and receive data according to the downlink synchronization result of WUR, thereby reducing service delay. Exemplarily, WUR receives a synchronization signal and performs coarse synchronization, wakes up the main transceiver to further perform fine synchronization, and reduces the duration and steps of the main transceiver for downlink synchronization, thereby saving the power consumption of the main transceiver and reducing service delay.
但是,低功耗接收机、WUR的低复杂度特性,难以支持常见的正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing,OFDM)波形的接收。因此,对于低功耗设备、包含WUR的终端设备来说,若期望通过低功耗接收机、WUR来执行下行同步、RRM测量,也难以采用基于OFDM波形的信号来实现。However, the low complexity characteristics of low-power receivers and WURs make it difficult to support the reception of common Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) waveforms. Therefore, for low-power devices and terminal devices including WURs, if they want to perform downlink synchronization and RRM measurements through low-power receivers and WURs, it is difficult to achieve this using signals based on OFDM waveforms.
因此,某些难以传输OFDM信号的场景下,如何实现下行同步、RRM测量尚无可行方案,但各类终端设备接收信号来执行下行同步、RRM测量的需求均十分迫切。Therefore, in some scenarios where OFDM signals are difficult to transmit, there is no feasible solution for achieving downlink synchronization and RRM measurement, but the need for various terminal devices to receive signals to perform downlink synchronization and RRM measurement is very urgent.
为此,本申请提供了一种信号传输方法、装置、设备及介质,支持网络设备发送根据二进制序列生成的第一信号来实现下行同步、RRM测量等中的一项或多项。To this end, the present application provides a signal transmission method, apparatus, device and medium, which support a network device to send a first signal generated according to a binary sequence to achieve one or more of downlink synchronization, RRM measurement, etc.
本申请涉及的二进制序列,是指只包括两种取值的序列元素的序列,也可以理解为,二进制序列内各个比特的取值只有两种可能。比如,伪噪声(Pseudo-Noise,PN)序列、m序列、gold序列中的任意一个比特的取值为“1”或“0”,比如Walsh序列中任意一个比特的取值为“+1”或“-1”。The binary sequence involved in this application refers to a sequence of sequence elements that only have two possible values. It can also be understood that each bit in the binary sequence has only two possible values. For example, the value of any bit in a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, an m sequence, or a gold sequence is "1" or "0", and the value of any bit in a Walsh sequence is "+1" or "-1".
此处介绍三种类型的二进制序列:m序列、gold序列和Walsh序列。Three types of binary sequences are introduced here: m-sequence, gold sequence and Walsh sequence.
m序列(m-sequence):m-sequence:
m序列是由多级移位寄存器或其延迟元件通过线性反馈产生的最长的码序列,m序列又称为最长线性反馈移位寄存器序列、最大长度序列(Maximum-Length Sequence)。移位寄存器的级数可以理解为移位寄存器的个数。一个移位寄存器中当前存储的序列被称为一个状态,在移位寄存器输出一位,由反馈函数补充一位后,移位寄存器进移动到了下一个状态。The m-sequence is the longest code sequence generated by a multi-stage shift register or its delay element through linear feedback. The m-sequence is also called the longest linear feedback shift register sequence or the maximum-length sequence. The number of shift register stages can be understood as the number of shift registers. The sequence currently stored in a shift register is called a state. After the shift register outputs one bit and the feedback function supplements one bit, the shift register moves to the next state.
在二进制移位寄存器中,若r为移位寄存器的级数,r级移位寄存器共有2r个状态,除去全0状态外还剩下2r-1个状态,因此它能产生的最大长度的码序列为2r-1位,也就是说,一个r级线性反馈移位寄存器产生的最长周期等于2r-1。In a binary shift register, if r is the number of shift register stages, an r-stage shift register has 2r states, excluding the all-0 state, there are 2r -1 states left. Therefore, the maximum length of the code sequence it can generate is 2r -1 bits. In other words, the longest period generated by an r-stage linear feedback shift register is equal to 2r -1.
首先介绍线性反馈移位寄存器。图8示出了线性反馈移位寄存器的一般结构示意图。假设该移位寄存器的初始状态为(a0a1…ar-2ar-1)。经一次移位线性反馈,移位寄存器左端第一级的输入如下式(1)所示。
First, the linear feedback shift register is introduced. FIG8 shows a general schematic diagram of the linear feedback shift register. Assume that the initial state of the shift register is (a 0 a 1 … a r-2 a r-1 ). After one shift linear feedback, the input of the first stage at the left end of the shift register is shown in the following formula (1).
若经f次移位,则移位寄存器左端第一级的输入如下式(2)所示。
If the shift is performed f times, the input of the first stage on the left side of the shift register is as shown in the following formula (2).
其中,e=r+f-1≥r,f=1,2,3,…由此可见,移位寄存器第一级的输入,受反馈逻辑和移位寄存器的初始状态影响。式(2)称为r级线性反馈移位寄存器的递推关系式。Among them, e=r+f-1≥r, f=1,2,3,… It can be seen that the input of the first stage of the shift register is affected by the feedback logic and the initial state of the shift register. Formula (2) is called the recursive relationship of the r-stage linear feedback shift register.
参考式(2)描述的递推关系,根据初始状态的不同,r级移位寄存器可以生成2r-1个非恒零序列。因此,一个r级线性反馈移位寄存器能产生的最大长度的码序列为2r-1位,也就是说,一个r级线性反馈移位寄存器产生序列的最长周期等于2r-1。Referring to the recursive relationship described by equation (2), an r-stage shift register can generate 2r -1 non-constant zero sequences according to different initial states. Therefore, the maximum length of the code sequence that can be generated by an r-stage linear feedback shift register is 2r -1 bits, that is, the longest period of the sequence generated by an r-stage linear feedback shift register is equal to 2r -1.
下式(3)称为r级线性反馈移位寄存器的特征多项式,可以用来描述r级线性反馈移位寄存器的反馈连接状态。其中,xi存在则表明ci=1,否则ci=0,x本身的取值并无实际意义。ci的取值决定了移位寄存器的反馈链接。由于c0=cr=1,因此,f(x)是一个常数项为1的r次多项式。
The following formula (3) is called the characteristic polynomial of the r-stage linear feedback shift register, which can be used to describe the feedback connection state of the r-stage linear feedback shift register. Among them, the existence of x i indicates that c i = 1, otherwise c i = 0, and the value of x itself has no practical meaning. The value of c i determines the feedback link of the shift register. Since c 0 = cr = 1, f(x) is an r-order polynomial with a constant term of 1.
一个r级线性反馈移位寄存器能产生m序列的充要条件是f(x)为一个r次本原多项式。若f(x)满足以下三个条件,则认为f(x)为一个r次本原多项式:(1)f(x)为既约多项式,也即,f(x)不能再分解因式;(2)f(x)可整除(xp+1),其中,p=2r-1;(3)f(x)除不尽(xq+1),其中,q<p。The necessary and sufficient condition for an r-stage linear feedback shift register to generate an m-sequence is that f(x) is an r-order primitive polynomial. If f(x) satisfies the following three conditions, then f(x) is considered to be an r-order primitive polynomial: (1) f(x) is a reduced polynomial, that is, f(x) cannot be factorized; (2) f(x) is divisible by (x p +1), where p = 2 r -1; (3) f(x) is not divisible by (x q +1), where q < p.
以r=4为例说明m序列的产生。4级线性反馈移位寄存器产生序列的最长周期为2r-1=15。r=4时,特征多项式f(x)是一个4次本原多项式才能生成m序列。也就是说,要求f(x)不能再分解因式,且f(x)可整除(x15+1),且f(x)除不尽(xq+1),q<15。Take r = 4 as an example to illustrate the generation of m-sequence. The longest period of the sequence generated by the 4-stage linear feedback shift register is 2 r -1 = 15. When r = 4, the characteristic polynomial f(x) must be a 4th-order primitive polynomial to generate the m-sequence. In other words, it is required that f(x) cannot be factored any further, and f(x) can divide (x 15 +1) and f(x) cannot divide (x q +1), and q < 15.
先将(x15+1)分解因式,如下式(4)所示,使(x15+1)的各个因式为既约多项式,再寻找f(x)。
x15+1=(x+1)(x2+x+1)(x4+x+1)(x4+x3+1)(x4+x3+x2+x+1) 式(4)First, factorize (x 15 +1) as shown in equation (4) below, so that each factor of (x 15 +1) is a reduced polynomial, and then find f(x).
x 15 +1=(x+1)(x 2 +x+1)(x 4 +x+1)(x 4 +x 3 +1)(x 4 +x 3 +x 2 +x+1) Formula (4)
其中,(x15+1)的4次因式有3个。但(x4+x3+x2+x+1)能整除(x5+1),所以(x4+x3+x2+x+1)不是本原多项式。因此,可以找到两个4次本原多项式:(x4+x+1)和(x4+x3+1),由其中任意一个多项式都可以产生m序列。 Among them, (x 15 +1) has 3 fourth-order factors. But (x 4 +x 3 +x 2 +x+1) can divide (x 5 +1), so (x 4 +x 3 +x 2 +x+1) is not a primitive polynomial. Therefore, we can find two fourth-order primitive polynomials: (x 4 +x+1) and (x 4 +x 3 +1), and either of them can generate an m-sequence.
示例性的,以f(x)=x4+x+1为例,构成的m序列产生器如图9所示,a0和a3的模二和会作为序列右移以后新的最高位a3,序列最低位a0会作为输出。设4级移位寄存器的初始状态为“1000”,c4=c1=c0=1,c3=c2=0。经过长度为15的周期后,每次序列移位输出的序列最低位构成m序列,因此,得到m序列“100110101111000”。For example, taking f(x)=x 4 +x+1 as an example, the m-sequence generator is shown in FIG9 . The modulo-2 sum of a 0 and a 3 will be used as the new highest bit a 3 after the sequence is shifted right, and the lowest bit a 0 of the sequence will be used as the output. Assume that the initial state of the 4-stage shift register is "1000", c 4 =c 1 =c 0 =1, c 3 =c 2 =0. After a cycle of length 15, the lowest bit of the sequence output by each sequence shift constitutes an m-sequence, and thus the m-sequence "100110101111000" is obtained.
m序列具有均衡性。在m序列的一个周期中,“1”和“0”的数量基本相等。准确地说,“1”的数量比“0”的数量多一个。The m-sequence is balanced. In one cycle of the m-sequence, the number of "1" and "0" is basically equal. To be precise, the number of "1" is one more than the number of "0".
m序列的游程分布也具有特性。一个序列中取值相同且相连的元素合称为一个游程。一个游程中元素的个数称为游程长度。长度为h的游程数量占m序列的游程总数的2-h,并且,在长度为h的游程中,连“1”的游程和连“0”的游程各占一半。比如,m序列“100110101111000”中,共有8个游程。其中,长度为4的游程数量为1个,即1111。长度为3的游程数量为1个,即000。长度为2的游程数量为2个,即11与00。长度为1的游程数量为4个,即两个“1”和两个“0”。The run distribution of the m-sequence also has characteristics. Elements in a sequence that have the same value and are connected are collectively called a run. The number of elements in a run is called the run length. The number of runs of length h accounts for 2 -h of the total number of runs of the m-sequence, and in a run of length h, runs of consecutive "1"s and runs of consecutive "0"s each account for half. For example, in the m-sequence "100110101111000", there are a total of 8 runs. Among them, the number of runs of length 4 is 1, that is, 1111. The number of runs of length 3 is 1, that is, 000. The number of runs of length 2 is 2, that is, 11 and 00. The number of runs of length 1 is 4, that is, two "1"s and two "0"s.
m序列和它的移位序列模二相加后得到的序列仍然是该m序列的某个移位序列。这一特性被称为m序列的移位相加特性,也即线性叠加性。其中,移位序列是相对基本m序列而言的,基本m序列经过循环移位后得到的序列即可称为移位序列,具体请参考下文“循环移位”部分。The sequence obtained by adding the m sequence and its shift sequence modulo 2 is still a shift sequence of the m sequence. This property is called the shift-addition property of the m sequence, or linear superposition. The shift sequence is relative to the basic m sequence. The sequence obtained by cyclic shifting the basic m sequence is called the shift sequence. For details, please refer to the "cyclic shift" section below.
m序列具有很好的自相关特性。假设m序列的自相关函数定义为式(5)。其中,A为m序列与其j次移位序列一个周期中对应元素相同的数目,D为m序列与其j次移位序列一个周期中对应元素不同的数目,L为m序列的周期。
The m sequence has a good autocorrelation characteristic. Assume that the autocorrelation function of the m sequence is defined as equation (5). Where A is the number of elements in one period of the m sequence and its j-time shift sequence that are the same, D is the number of elements in one period of the m sequence and its j-time shift sequence that are different, and L is the period of the m sequence.
式(5)还可以改写为式(6)。
Formula (5) can also be rewritten as Formula (6).
由m序列的移位相加特性可知,仍为m序列的一个元素。所以式(6)的分子就等于m序列一个周期中“0”的数目与“1”的数目之差。From the shift-add property of m sequence, we can know that is still an element of the m-sequence. Therefore, the numerator of equation (6) is equal to the difference between the number of "0" and the number of "1" in one period of the m-sequence.
由m序列的均衡性可知,m序列一个周期中“0”的数目比“1”的数目少一个,所以分子等于“-1”。From the equilibrium of the m sequence, we can see that the number of "0" in one cycle of the m sequence is one less than the number of "1", so the numerator is equal to "-1".
因此,可以得到m序列的自相关函数如式(7)所示。
Therefore, the autocorrelation function of the m sequence can be obtained as shown in formula (7).
由于m序列的均衡性、游程分布和自相关特性与随机序列的基本性质很相似,m序列还可以称为伪噪声(Pseudo-Noise,PN)序列、伪随机序列等。Since the balance, run distribution and autocorrelation characteristics of the m-sequence are very similar to the basic properties of a random sequence, the m-sequence can also be called a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, a pseudo-random sequence, etc.
黄金序列/gold序列(Gold Sequence):Gold Sequence:
gold序列是根据m序列优选对得到的码序列。首先介绍m序列优选对。两个级数均为r级的不同本原多项式分别产生一个m序列,这两个m序列构成m序列优选对的条件是互相关函数值满足式(8)。
The gold sequence is a code sequence obtained based on the optimal pair of m-sequences. First, the optimal pair of m-sequences is introduced. Two different primitive polynomials of order r each generate an m-sequence. The condition for these two m-sequences to form an optimal pair of m-sequences is that the cross-correlation function value satisfies equation (8).
满足式(8)的两个m序列就可以被称为一对m序列优选对。gold序列是根据一对m序列优选对模2相加构成的。并且,其中一个m序列每经过一次循环移位,就可以得到一个新的gold序列。因此,相比于m序列,gold序列的一个显著优点是可以获取更多的独立码序列。Two m-sequences that satisfy equation (8) can be called a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs. The gold sequence is constructed by adding a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs modulo 2. Moreover, a new gold sequence can be obtained after each cyclic shift of one of the m-sequences. Therefore, compared with the m-sequence, a significant advantage of the gold sequence is that it can obtain more independent code sequences.
gold序列具有良好的互相关特性,且仍具有与m序列近似的优良特性,比如优良的均衡性、游程分布特性、自相关特性等。并且,一对m序列优选对得到的各个gold序列之间的最大互相关值,不会超过这一对m序列优选对之间的最大互相关值。The gold sequence has good cross-correlation characteristics and still has excellent properties similar to the m sequence, such as excellent balance, run distribution characteristics, autocorrelation characteristics, etc. In addition, the maximum cross-correlation value between each gold sequence obtained by a pair of m sequence optimization pairs will not exceed the maximum cross-correlation value between this pair of m sequence optimization pairs.
沃尔什序列(Walsh Sequence):Walsh Sequence:
Walsh序列又称Walsh码,来源于哈达玛(Hadamard)矩阵。Walsh sequence, also known as Walsh code, is derived from the Hadamard matrix.
假设二阶哈达玛矩阵为可以得到2阶的Walsh序列(1,1)和(1,-1)。Assume that the second-order Hadamard matrix is We can obtain the second-order Walsh sequences (1,1) and (1,-1).
假设高阶哈达玛矩阵为可以得到长度为2n的Walsh序列。示例性的,可以得到4阶的Walsh序列(1,1,1,1)、(1,-1,1,-1)、(1,1,-1,-1)、(1,-1,-1,1)。Assume that the high-order Hadamard matrix is A Walsh sequence of length 2n can be obtained. For example, a Walsh sequence of order 4 (1,1,1,1), (1,-1,1,-1), (1,1,-1,-1), (1,-1,-1,1) can be obtained.
Walsh序列是一组正交序列,这意味着Walsh序列中的所有元素都相互正交,彼此之间没有相互干扰。每个Walsh序列都是长度为2的幂次方的二进制序列,比如长度为2、4、8、16等等。Walsh序列具有对称性,即Walsh序列的正负版本是相同的,只是顺序相反。Walsh序列还具有较好的互相关特性。Walsh sequences are a set of orthogonal sequences, which means that all elements in the Walsh sequence are orthogonal to each other and do not interfere with each other. Each Walsh sequence is a binary sequence with a length that is a power of 2, such as 2, 4, 8, 16, etc. Walsh sequences are symmetrical, that is, the positive and negative versions of the Walsh sequence are the same, just in reverse order. Walsh sequences also have good cross-correlation characteristics.
本申请中,“约定”可以通过在通信设备(例如终端设备、网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。通信协议约定也可以理 解为通信协议预定义的。In this application, "agreement" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in communication devices (such as terminal devices, network devices), and this application does not limit its specific implementation method. Communication protocol agreement can also be understood as The solution is predefined for the communication protocol.
图10示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由网络设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
步骤1010:发送第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于二进制序列生成。Step 1010: Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence.
本申请涉及的第一信号,既可以用于下行同步,也可以用于RRM测量。因此,第一信号也可以称为如下至少之一:第一同步信号、第一测量信号、第一参考信号、低功耗同步信号(Low Power Synchronization Signal,LP-SS)、低功耗参考信号(Low Power Reference Signal,LP-RS)、低功耗测量信号。The first signal involved in the present application can be used for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. Therefore, the first signal can also be called at least one of the following: a first synchronization signal, a first measurement signal, a first reference signal, a low power synchronization signal (Low Power Synchronization Signal, LP-SS), a low power reference signal (Low Power Reference Signal, LP-RS), and a low power measurement signal.
二进制序列只包括两种取值的序列元素,因此,第一信号的序列也只包括两种取值的序列元素。示例性的,第一信号的序列只包括“0”和“1”,或,第一信号的序列只包括“+1”和“-1”。The binary sequence includes only two sequence elements with different values, so the sequence of the first signal also includes only two sequence elements with different values. Exemplarily, the sequence of the first signal includes only "0" and "1", or the sequence of the first signal includes only "+1" and "-1".
在一些实施例中,第一信号根据如下至少之一生成:m序列;gold序列;Walsh序列。In some embodiments, the first signal is generated according to at least one of: an m-sequence; a gold sequence; a Walsh sequence.
在一些实施例中,第一信号的调制方式包括如下至少之一:通断键控(On-Off Keying,OOK)调制;相移键控(Phase Shift Keying,PSK)调制;二进制相移键控(Binary Phase Shift Keying,BPSK)调制;频移键控(Frequency Shift Keying,FSK)调制。In some embodiments, the modulation method of the first signal includes at least one of the following: On-Off Keying (OOK) modulation; Phase Shift Keying (PSK) modulation; Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) modulation; Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modulation.
需要注意的是,本申请提供的二进制序列的类型并不仅限于m序列、gold序列和Walsh序列,其它二进制序列或序列特性与二进制序列类似的其它序列同样适用于本申请实施例提供的方法。It should be noted that the types of binary sequences provided in the present application are not limited to m-sequences, gold sequences and Walsh sequences. Other binary sequences or other sequences with sequence characteristics similar to binary sequences are also applicable to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
执行步骤1010的网络设备,可以是如图1所示的网络设备110,也可以是如图2所示的网络设备110,还可以是在毫米波(mmWave)频段工作的网络设备,等等。The network device that performs step 1010 may be the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 , or the network device 110 shown in FIG. 2 , or a network device operating in a millimeter wave (mmWave) frequency band, and so on.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,由于第一信号根据二进制序列生成,二进制序列复杂度低,易于生成也易于检测,十分容易与OOK波形、PSK波形、FSK波形等非OFDM波形相结合,为一些难以采用OFDM波形的通信场景提供了传输同步信号、测量信号的可能性,为下行同步、RRM测量提供了新的可行方案。若第一信号的接收端为低功耗设备、包含WUR的终端设备,则可以在保持低复杂度、低功耗的良好特性下,实现下行同步、RRM测量。若第一信号的接收端为工作在毫米波频段的终端设备,第一信号具有生成简单、易于实现、节省功耗等优势,结合毫米波传输可靠性高、波束窄等特点,第一信号能够满足毫米波频段的下行同步、RRM测量等需求。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, since the first signal is generated according to a binary sequence, the binary sequence has low complexity, is easy to generate and easy to detect, and is very easy to combine with non-OFDM waveforms such as OOK waveforms, PSK waveforms, and FSK waveforms, which provides the possibility of transmitting synchronization signals and measurement signals for some communication scenarios where OFDM waveforms are difficult to use, and provides a new feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. If the receiving end of the first signal is a low-power device or a terminal device including WUR, downlink synchronization and RRM measurement can be achieved while maintaining the good characteristics of low complexity and low power consumption. If the receiving end of the first signal is a terminal device operating in the millimeter wave frequency band, the first signal has the advantages of simple generation, easy implementation, and power saving. Combined with the characteristics of high reliability and narrow beam of millimeter wave transmission, the first signal can meet the needs of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in the millimeter wave frequency band.
接下来,以第一信号根据gold序列生成为例,在步骤1010的基础上进一步介绍第一信号基于gold序列生成的相关内容。Next, taking the generation of the first signal based on the gold sequence as an example, the relevant contents of the generation of the first signal based on the gold sequence are further introduced on the basis of step 1010.
图11示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由网络设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 11 is a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
步骤1110:发送第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于gold序列生成。Step 1110: Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a gold sequence.
根据前文可知,gold序列为m序列优选对模2相加得到。本申请实施例将一对m序列优选对包括的两个m序列称为第一m序列和第二m序列。可以理解,本申请中,“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”、“第五”等名称,仅用于区分描述,而不意味着对m序列做出顺序、命名等方面的限制。比如,第一m序列为m序列优选对中的任意一个m序列,第二m序列为m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。As can be seen from the foregoing, the gold sequence is obtained by adding a preferred pair of m-sequences modulo 2. In the embodiment of the present application, the two m-sequences included in a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs are referred to as the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence. It can be understood that in the present application, the names such as "first", "second", "third", "fourth", and "fifth" are only used to distinguish the descriptions, and do not mean that the m-sequences are restricted in terms of order, naming, etc. For example, the first m-sequence is any one m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences, and the second m-sequence is another m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences.
本申请提供三种生成gold序列的方式:This application provides three ways to generate gold sequences:
gold序列的生成方式1:第一m序列保持不变,第二m序列进行循环移位Gold sequence generation method 1: the first m sequence remains unchanged, and the second m sequence is cyclically shifted
假设移位寄存器级数为r,若第一m序列保持不变,第二m序列经过循环移位后,将第四m序列和第五m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加,最多可以得到2r-1个gold序列,再加上第一m序列和第二m序列本身,那么,通过方式1最多可以得到2r-1+2=2r+1个gold序列。Assuming that the number of shift register stages is r, if the first m-sequence remains unchanged and the second m-sequence is cyclically shifted, the cyclic shift sequences of the fourth m-sequence and the fifth m-sequence are added modulo 2, and at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained. Adding the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence themselves, then, through method 1, at most 2 r -1 + 2 = 2 r + 1 gold sequences can be obtained.
为便于区分,通过方式1生成的若干个gold序列,可以称之为第一gold序列族,第一gold序列族包括的gold序列称为第一gold序列。第一gold序列族最多包括2r+1个第一gold序列。示例性的,若r=5,通过方式1最多可以得到33个第一gold序列。For the sake of distinction, the several gold sequences generated by way 1 can be referred to as the first gold sequence family, and the gold sequences included in the first gold sequence family are referred to as first gold sequences. The first gold sequence family includes at most 2 r +1 first gold sequences. Exemplarily, if r=5, at most 33 first gold sequences can be obtained by way 1.
需要注意的是,2r+1是第一gold序列族能够包含的第一gold序列数量上限,但并不意味着,第一gold序列族必须包含2r+1个第一gold序列。It should be noted that 2 r +1 is the upper limit of the number of first gold sequences that the first gold sequence family can include, but it does not mean that the first gold sequence family must include 2 r +1 first gold sequences.
可选的,第一gold序列族内的第一gold序列数量,根据如下至少一项确定:级数r、第一m序列的长度L0、第二m序列的长度L1、循环偏移量、循环移位步长。Optionally, the number of first gold sequences in the first gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: the level r, the length L 0 of the first m-sequence, the length L 1 of the second m-sequence, the cyclic offset, and the cyclic shift step.
可选的,第一gold序列族内的第一gold序列数量,由网络设备配置,或由通信协议约定。Optionally, the number of first gold sequences in the first gold sequence family is configured by a network device or agreed upon by a communication protocol.
假设m序列优选对的数量为M,那么,采用方式1能够产生的gold序列数量上限为M*(2r+1)。其中,M根据移位寄存器级数r和前文所述的式(8)确定,表示级数为r时能够找到的m序列优选对数量。Assuming that the number of optimal pairs of m sequences is M, the upper limit of the number of gold sequences that can be generated by method 1 is M*(2 r +1). Wherein, M is determined according to the number of shift register stages r and the above-mentioned formula (8), which represents the number of optimal pairs of m sequences that can be found when the number of stages is r.
gold序列的生成方式2:第一m序列进行循环移位,且,第二m序列也进行循环移位Gold sequence generation method 2: the first m sequence is cyclically shifted, and the second m sequence is also cyclically shifted
假设移位寄存器级数为r,若第一m序列保持不变,第二m序列经过循环移位后,将第四m序列和第五m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加,最多可以得到2r-1个gold序列。Assuming that the number of shift register stages is r, if the first m-sequence remains unchanged and the second m-sequence is cyclically shifted, the cyclic shift sequences of the fourth m-sequence and the fifth m-sequence are added modulo 2, and at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained.
假设移位寄存器级数为r,若第二m序列保持不变,第一m序列经过循环移位后,将第五m序列和 第四m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加,最多可以得到2r-1个gold序列。Assuming the number of shift registers is r, if the second m sequence remains unchanged, the first m sequence is cyclically shifted to convert the fifth m sequence and By performing modulo-2 addition on the cyclic shift sequence of the fourth m sequence, at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained.
那么,第一m序列经过循环移位,且第二m序列经过循环移位,将第四m序列的循环移位序列和第五m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加,最多可以得到(2r-1)*(2r-1)个gold序列。Then, the first m-sequence is cyclically shifted, and the second m-sequence is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence of the fourth m-sequence and the cyclically shifted sequence of the fifth m-sequence are added modulo 2, and at most (2 r -1)*(2 r -1) gold sequences can be obtained.
为便于区分,通过方式2生成的若干个gold序列,可以称之为第二gold序列族,第二gold序列族包括的gold序列称为第二gold序列。第二gold序列族最多包括(2r-1)*(2r-1)个第二gold序列。示例性的,若r=5,第一m序列和第二m序列分别进行循环移位,最多可以得到961个第二gold序列。For the convenience of distinction, the several gold sequences generated by mode 2 can be referred to as the second gold sequence family, and the gold sequences included in the second gold sequence family are referred to as second gold sequences. The second gold sequence family includes at most ( 2r -1)*( 2r -1) second gold sequences. Exemplarily, if r=5, the first m sequence and the second m sequence are cyclically shifted respectively, and at most 961 second gold sequences can be obtained.
需要注意的是,(2r-1)*(2r-1)是第二gold序列族能够包含的第二gold序列数量上限,但并不意味着,第二gold序列族必须包含(2r-1)*(2r-1)个第二gold序列。It should be noted that (2 r -1)*(2 r -1) is the upper limit of the number of second gold sequences that the second gold sequence family can contain, but it does not mean that the second gold sequence family must contain (2 r -1)*(2 r -1) second gold sequences.
可选的,第二gold序列族内的第二gold序列数量,根据如下至少一项确定:级数r、第一m序列的长度L0、第二m序列的长度L1、循环偏移量、循环移位步长。Optionally, the number of second gold sequences in the second gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: the level r, the length L 0 of the first m-sequence, the length L 1 of the second m-sequence, the cyclic offset, and the cyclic shift step.
可选的,第二gold序列族内的第二gold序列数量,由网络设备配置,或由通信协议约定。Optionally, the number of second gold sequences in the second gold sequence family is configured by the network device or agreed upon by the communication protocol.
假设m序列优选对的数量为M,那么,采用方式2能够产生的gold序列数量上限为M*(2r-1)*(2r-1)。其中,M根据移位寄存器级数r和前文所述的式(8)确定,表示级数为r时能够找到的m序列优选对数量。Assuming that the number of optimal pairs of m sequences is M, the upper limit of the number of gold sequences that can be generated by method 2 is M*(2 r -1)*(2 r -1). Here, M is determined according to the number of shift register stages r and the above formula (8), which indicates the number of optimal pairs of m sequences that can be found when the number of stages is r.
gold序列的生成方式3:对第一gold序列进行循环移位Gold sequence generation method 3: cyclic shift of the first gold sequence
如方式1所述,移位寄存器级数为r时,第一gold序列族最多可以包括2r+1个第一gold序列。方式3通过对第一gold序列族中的第一gold序列继续进行循环移位,来获得更多的gold序列。As described in Mode 1, when the number of shift register stages is r, the first gold sequence family may include at most 2 r +1 first gold sequences. Mode 3 obtains more gold sequences by continuously performing cyclic shift on the first gold sequence in the first gold sequence family.
一个gold序列经过循环移位后,最多可以得到2r-1个gold序列。那么,2r+1个gold序列经过循环移位后,最多可以得到(2r+1)*(2r-1)个gold序列。After a gold sequence is cyclically shifted, at most 2 r -1 gold sequences can be obtained. Then, after 2 r +1 gold sequences are cyclically shifted, at most (2 r +1)*(2 r -1) gold sequences can be obtained.
为便于区分,通过方式3生成的若干个gold序列,可以称之为第三gold序列族,第三gold序列族包括的gold序列称为第三gold序列。第三gold序列族最多包括(2r+1)*(2r-1)个第三gold序列。示例性的,若r=5,通过方式1最多可以得到33个第一gold序列,通过方式3最多可以得到33*31=1023个第三gold序列。For the convenience of distinction, the several gold sequences generated by mode 3 can be referred to as the third gold sequence family, and the gold sequences included in the third gold sequence family are referred to as third gold sequences. The third gold sequence family includes at most ( 2r +1)*( 2r -1) third gold sequences. Exemplarily, if r=5, at most 33 first gold sequences can be obtained by mode 1, and at most 33*31=1023 third gold sequences can be obtained by mode 3.
需要注意的是,(2r+1)*(2r-1)是第三gold序列族能够包含的第三gold序列数量上限,但并不意味着,第三gold序列族必须包含(2r+1)*(2r-1)个第三gold序列。It should be noted that ( 2r +1)*( 2r -1) is the upper limit of the number of third gold sequences that the third gold sequence family can contain, but it does not mean that the third gold sequence family must contain ( 2r +1)*( 2r -1) third gold sequences.
可选的,第三gold序列族内的第三gold序列数量,根据如下至少一项确定:级数r、第四m序列的长度L0、第五m序列的长度L1、循环偏移量、循环移位步长。Optionally, the number of third gold sequences in the third gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: the level r, the length L 0 of the fourth m-sequence, the length L 1 of the fifth m-sequence, the cyclic offset, and the cyclic shift step.
可选的,第三gold序列族内的第三gold序列数量,由网络设备配置,或由通信协议约定。Optionally, the number of third gold sequences in the third gold sequence family is configured by a network device or agreed upon by a communication protocol.
假设m序列优选对的数量为M,那么,采用方式3能够产生的gold序列数量上限为M*(2r+1)*(2r-1)。其中,M根据移位寄存器级数r和前文所述的式(8)确定,表示级数为r时能够找到的m序列优选对数量。Assuming that the number of optimal pairs of m sequences is M, the upper limit of the number of gold sequences that can be generated by mode 3 is M*( 2r +1)*( 2r -1). Wherein, M is determined according to the number of shift register stages r and the above-mentioned formula (8), which indicates the number of optimal pairs of m sequences that can be found when the number of stages is r.
需要注意的是,方式1、方式2和方式3,可以单独使用,也可以组合使用。也就是说,第一gold序列族、第二gold序列族和第三gold序列族并不是冲突的,通信系统内可以同时存在包括不同种类的gold序列,比如小区A对应的第一信号根据第一gold序列生成,小区B对应的第一信号根据第二gold序列生成。It should be noted that mode 1, mode 2 and mode 3 can be used alone or in combination. That is to say, the first gold sequence family, the second gold sequence family and the third gold sequence family are not in conflict, and different types of gold sequences can exist simultaneously in the communication system, for example, the first signal corresponding to cell A is generated according to the first gold sequence, and the first signal corresponding to cell B is generated according to the second gold sequence.
可以看出,级数相同的情况下,相比于方式1,方式2和方式3可以获得更多的序列数量,在期望为更多小区提供一一对应的第一信号的情况下,方式2和方式3更加适用。但显然,方式3的复杂度高于方式2,方式2的复杂度高于方式1,因此,若期望生成第一信号时复杂度更低,则方式1更加适用。It can be seen that, when the number of levels is the same, compared with method 1, method 2 and method 3 can obtain more sequences. In the case of providing one-to-one corresponding first signals for more cells, method 2 and method 3 are more suitable. However, it is obvious that the complexity of method 3 is higher than that of method 2, and the complexity of method 2 is higher than that of method 1. Therefore, if the complexity is expected to be lower when generating the first signal, method 1 is more suitable.
本申请中,gold序列族,也可以称为gold序列组,也可以称为gold序列集合。一个gold序列族对应一个m序列优选对。In the present application, a gold sequence family may also be referred to as a gold sequence group or a gold sequence set. One gold sequence family corresponds to one m-sequence preferred pair.
本申请实施例提供的第一信号,可以是根据如上所述的第一gold序列生成的,也可以是根据如上所述的第二gold序列生成的,还可以是根据如上所述的第三gold序列生成的。The first signal provided in the embodiment of the present application may be generated according to the first gold sequence as described above, or may be generated according to the second gold sequence as described above, or may be generated according to the third gold sequence as described above.
在一些实施例中,第一信号对应的gold序列,是gold序列集合中的一个gold序列。其中,gold序列集合根据移位寄存器级数r和/或m序列优选对确定。可选的,gold序列集合包括若干个gold序列族。In some embodiments, the gold sequence corresponding to the first signal is a gold sequence in a gold sequence set, wherein the gold sequence set is determined according to the shift register level r and/or the m sequence preference pair. Optionally, the gold sequence set includes several gold sequence families.
在一些实施例中,第一信号对应的gold序列,是若干个gold序列族中的一个gold序列。其中,gold序列集合根据移位寄存器级数r和/或m序列优选对确定。In some embodiments, the gold sequence corresponding to the first signal is a gold sequence in a group of several gold sequences, wherein the gold sequence group is determined according to the shift register level r and/or the m sequence preference pair.
在一些实施例中,第一信号对应的gold序列,根据小区标识确定。也就是说,每个小区对应的第一信号,与自身的小区标识关联。小区标识与通信系统内的小区总数量S有关,示例性的, In some embodiments, the gold sequence corresponding to the first signal is determined according to the cell identifier. That is, the first signal corresponding to each cell is associated with its own cell identifier. Related to the total number S of cells in the communication system, illustratively,
本申请实施例中,将用于生成第一信号的gold序列称为目标gold序列,目标gold序列经过调制后即可得到第一信号。In the embodiment of the present application, the gold sequence used to generate the first signal is referred to as a target gold sequence, and the first signal can be obtained by modulating the target gold sequence.
目标gold序列是基于第一m序列和第二m序列生成的,也即,目标gold序列是基于一对m序列优 选对生成的。那么,如何确定用于生成目标gold序列的目标m序列优选对,也即,如何确定目标gold序 列所属的目标gold序列族,是需要解决的问题。其中,目标gold序列所在的gold序列族,称为目标gold序列族。生成目标gold序列族的m序列优选对,称为目标m序列优选对。The target gold sequence is generated based on the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, that is, the target gold sequence is based on a pair of m-sequences. Then, how to determine the target m sequence preferred pair for generating the target gold sequence, that is, how to determine the target gold sequence family to which the target gold sequence belongs, is a problem that needs to be solved . Among them, the gold sequence family to which the target gold sequence belongs is called the target gold sequence family. The m sequence preferred pair that generates the target gold sequence family is called the target m sequence preferred pair.
目标m序列优选对是M对m序列优选对中的一对。若想要确定目标m序列优选对,首先需要了解M对m序列优选对的生成。The target m-sequence preferred pair is a pair of M-to-m-sequence preferred pairs. If you want to determine the target m-sequence preferred pair, you first need to understand the generation of the M-to-m-sequence preferred pair.
M对m序列优选对是根据移位寄存器级数确定的。示例性的,当移位寄存器级数为r时,最多可以产生N个第一m序列,根据式(8)在N个第一m序列中确定出M对m序列优选对。The M-pairs of m-sequences are determined according to the number of shift register stages. Exemplarily, when the number of shift register stages is r, at most N first m-sequences can be generated, and the M-pairs of m-sequences are determined from the N first m-sequences according to formula (8).
根据前文可知,M对m序列优选对可以生成M个gold序列族,具体参考前文所述的gold序列的生成方式1、2、3。可以理解,为了便于区分,这M个gold序列族应当具有一一对应的编号或索引,本申请实施例以编号为例进行说明。将。As can be seen from the foregoing, M pairs of m sequence preferred pairs can generate M gold sequence families, specifically referring to the gold sequence generation methods 1, 2, and 3 described above. It can be understood that in order to facilitate distinction, these M gold sequence families should have one-to-one corresponding numbers or indexes, and the embodiment of the present application is explained by taking the numbering as an example.
这部分内容涉及到了M个gold序列族的编号顺序,此处简单介绍这一概念。This part involves the numbering order of the M gold sequence families. This concept is briefly introduced here.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序由网络设备确定,或由通信协议约定,或由终端设备确定。可选的,M个gold序列族的编号顺序根据如下至少之一排列:m序列优选对的编号、级数r、gold序列族内的gold序列数量、gold序列族内的gold序列长度、gold序列族的编号、gold序列族内的gold序列编号、对应的m序列的编号、对应的m序列的编号顺序、对应的本原多项式系数、对应的本原多项式系数的二进制数、循环偏移量。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is determined by a network device, or is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is determined by a terminal device. Optionally, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged according to at least one of the following: the number of the m-sequence preferred pair, the level r, the number of gold sequences in the gold sequence family, the length of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the corresponding m-sequence, the numbering order of the corresponding m-sequence, the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, the binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and the cyclic offset.
在一些实施例中,这M个gold序列族的编号为0,1,2…,M-1,或者,这M个gold序列族的编号为1,2…,M,等等。其它能够区分各个gold序列的编号方案同样适用于本申请实施例。In some embodiments, the M gold sequence families are numbered 0, 1, 2 ..., M-1, or the M gold sequence families are numbered 1, 2 ..., M, etc. Other numbering schemes that can distinguish each gold sequence are also applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,在为M个gold序列族分配编号之前,先将M个gold序列族按照特定规则排列或随机排列,然后为M个gold序列族按照排列顺序从前到后地分配一一对应的编号。比如形成编号顺序为0,1,2…,M-1的M个gold序列族。In some embodiments, before assigning numbers to the M gold sequence families, the M gold sequence families are first arranged according to a specific rule or randomly arranged, and then the M gold sequence families are assigned corresponding numbers from front to back according to the arrangement order, for example, forming M gold sequence families with a numbering order of 0, 1, 2..., M-1.
在一些实施例中,先为M个gold序列族分配编号,然后再将M个gold序列族按照特定规则排列,最后形成的M个gold序列族的编号顺序是打乱的。比如形成编号顺序为2,0,M-1…,1的M个gold序列族。In some embodiments, numbers are first assigned to the M gold sequence families, and then the M gold sequence families are arranged according to a specific rule, and the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is finally disrupted, for example, the M gold sequence families are formed in the order of 2, 0, M-1…, 1.
假设移位寄存器级数为r时,存在N个m序列。M对m序列优选对是从N个m序列中根据式(8)选择出的。可以理解,N个m序列分别具有一一对应的序列编号,且,这N个m序列存在编号顺序。可选的,N个m序列的编号顺序是默认的,或随机的,或按特定规则排列的,或由通信协议约定的,或由网络设备指示的。Assuming that the number of shift register stages is r, there are N m-sequences. M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are selected from the N m-sequences according to formula (8). It can be understood that the N m-sequences have one-to-one corresponding sequence numbers, and the N m-sequences have a numbering order. Optionally, the numbering order of the N m-sequences is default, or random, or arranged according to a specific rule, or agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by a network device.
那么,M对m序列优选对包括的全部m序列的编号,可以与其在N个m序列中的编号一致或不一致。比如,从N个m序列中选择出M对m序列优选对后,M对m序列优选对包括的全部m序列都沿用其在N个m序列中的编号。又比如,从N个m序列中选择出M对m序列优选对后,重新对M对m序列优选对包括的全部m序列从0或1开始编号。无论M对m序列优选对包括的全部m序列是否沿用其在N个m序列中的编号,本申请实施例都支持,只需满足各个m序列具有一一对应的编号即可。Then, the numbering of all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs may be consistent with or inconsistent with their numbering in the N m-sequences. For example, after selecting the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs from the N m-sequences, all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs continue to use their numbering in the N m-sequences. For another example, after selecting the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs from the N m-sequences, all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are renumbered from 0 or 1. Regardless of whether all m-sequences included in the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs continue to use their numbering in the N m-sequences, the embodiments of the present application support it, as long as each m-sequence has a one-to-one corresponding number.
M对m序列优选对的编号,与其包含的m序列的编号相关。The number of the preferred pair of M pairs of m-sequences is related to the number of the m-sequences it contains.
示例性的,1对m序列优选对的编号,为该对m序列优选对中的第一m序列的编号。可选的,第一m序列是该对m序列优选对中的任意一个m序列,或者,第一m序列是该对m序列优选对中编号取值更小的一个m序列,或者,第一m序列是该对m序列优选对中编号取值更大的一个m序列,等等。Exemplarily, the number of a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is the number of the first m-sequence in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs. Optionally, the first m-sequence is any m-sequence in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, or the first m-sequence is an m-sequence with a smaller number value in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, or the first m-sequence is an m-sequence with a larger number value in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, and so on.
示例性的,1对m序列优选对的编号,为该对m序列优选对包含的两个m序列编号的乘积。示例性的,1对m序列优选对包含编号为2和4的m序列,那么这对m序列优选对的编号为8。Exemplarily, the number of a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is the product of the numbers of the two m-sequences included in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs. Exemplarily, a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs includes m-sequences numbered 2 and 4, then the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is numbered 8.
示例性的,1对m序列优选对的编号,为该对m序列优选对包含的两个m序列编号的和值,或差值,或取模结果,等等。Exemplarily, the number of a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is the sum, difference, modulo result, etc. of the numbers of two m-sequences included in the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号,与其对应的m序列优选对的编号一致。比如,某对m序列优选对的编号为3,那么该对m序列优选对生成的gold序列族的编号也为3。In some embodiments, the numbers of the M gold sequence families are consistent with the numbers of the corresponding m-sequence preferred pairs. For example, if a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is numbered 3, then the number of the gold sequence family generated by the pair of m-sequence preferred pairs is also 3.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族按照M对m序列优选对的编号从小到大的顺序排列,然后分配0至M-1的编号,或者分配1至M的编号。示例性的,M=5,M对m序列优选对的编号为1、3、5、7、9,编号为1的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族的编号为1,编号为9的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族的编号为5。In some embodiments, the M gold sequence families are arranged in ascending order according to the numbers of the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs, and then assigned numbers from 0 to M-1, or assigned numbers from 1 to M. Exemplarily, M=5, the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 1 is numbered 1, and the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 9 is numbered 5.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族按照M对m序列优选对的编号从大到小的顺序排列,然后分配0至M-1的编号,或者分配1至M的编号。示例性的,M=5,M对m序列优选对的编号为9、7、5、3、1,编号为9的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族的编号为1,编号为1的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族的编号为5。In some embodiments, the M gold sequence families are arranged in descending order according to the numbers of the M-to-m-sequence preferred pairs, and then assigned numbers from 0 to M-1, or assigned numbers from 1 to M. Exemplarily, M=5, the M-to-m-sequence preferred pairs are numbered 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 9 is numbered 1, and the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 1 is numbered 5.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照gold序列族的编号取值从小到大排列,或者,按照gold序列族的编号取值从大到小排列。 In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged from small to large according to the numbering values of the gold sequence families, or is arranged from large to small according to the numbering values of the gold sequence families.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,根据生成gold序列族的m序列的编号和/或编号顺序排列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged according to the numbering and/or numbering order of the m sequences used to generate the gold sequence families.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,与其对应的m序列优选对的编号顺序一致。比如,M对m序列优选对的编号顺序为2,0,M-1…,1,那么M个gold序列族的编号顺序也为2,0,M-1…,1。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is consistent with the numbering order of the corresponding m sequence preferred pairs. For example, if the numbering order of the M pairs of m sequence preferred pairs is 2, 0, M-1..., 1, then the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is also 2, 0, M-1..., 1.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照M对m序列优选对的编号从小到大的顺序排列。示例性的,M=5,M对m序列优选对的编号为1、3、5、7、9,那么,编号为1的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族排列第1,编号为9的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族排列第5。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in ascending order according to the numbers of the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs. For example, M=5, and the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9, then the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 1 is ranked first, and the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 9 is ranked fifth.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照M对m序列优选对的编号从大到小的顺序排列。示例性的,M=5,M对m序列优选对的编号为9、7、5、3、1,那么,编号为9的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族排列第1,编号为1的m序列优选对生成的gold序列族排列第5。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in descending order according to the numbers of the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs. For example, M=5, and the numbers of the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are 9, 7, 5, 3, and 1, then the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 9 is ranked first, and the gold sequence family generated by the m-sequence preferred pair numbered 1 is ranked fifth.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照M对m序列优选对分别包含的两个m序列的编号乘积从小到大的顺序排列。示例性的,m序列优选对A包含编号为2和3的m序列,那么,m序列优选对A包含的两个m序列的编号乘积为6。m序列优选对B包含编号为0和5的m序列,那么,m序列优选对B包含的两个m序列的编号乘积为0。那么,m序列优选对A对应的gold序列族,排列在m序列优选对B对应的gold序列族之后。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in the order of the product of the numbers of the two m sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs from small to large. Exemplarily, the m-sequence preferred pair A includes m-sequences numbered 2 and 3, then the product of the numbers of the two m sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair A is 6. The m-sequence preferred pair B includes m-sequences numbered 0 and 5, then the product of the numbers of the two m sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair B is 0. Then, the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair A is arranged after the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair B.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照M对m序列优选对分别包含的两个m序列的编号乘积从大到小的顺序排列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in descending order according to the product of the numbers of the two m sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照M对m序列优选对分别包含的两个m序列的编号之和从小到大的顺序排列。示例性的,m序列优选对A包含编号为2和3的m序列,那么,m序列优选对A包含的两个m序列的编号之和为5。m序列优选对C包含编号为0和1的m序列,那么,m序列优选对C包含的两个m序列的编号之和为1。那么,m序列优选对A对应的gold序列族,排列在m序列优选对C对应的gold序列族之后。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in ascending order according to the sum of the numbers of the two m-sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs. Exemplarily, the m-sequence preferred pair A includes m-sequences numbered 2 and 3, and the sum of the numbers of the two m-sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair A is 5. The m-sequence preferred pair C includes m-sequences numbered 0 and 1, and the sum of the numbers of the two m-sequences included in the m-sequence preferred pair C is 1. Then, the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair A is arranged after the gold sequence family corresponding to the m-sequence preferred pair C.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,按照M对m序列优选对分别包含的两个m序列的编号之和从大到小的顺序排列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is arranged in descending order according to the sum of the numbers of the two m sequences respectively included in the M pairs of m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,首先基于优选对中编号更小的m序列进行排列,然后基于优选对中编号更大的m序列进行排列。或者,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,首先基于优选对中编号更大的m序列进行排列,然后基于优选对中编号更小的m序列进行排列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the m-sequence with a smaller number in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the m-sequence with a larger number in the preferred pair. Alternatively, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the m-sequence with a larger number in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the m-sequence with a smaller number in the preferred pair.
假设一对m序列优选对中,编号取值更小的m序列称为序列E,编号取值更大的m序列称为序列F。比如,m序列优选对C为{0,1},那么,在m序列优选对C中,编号为0的m序列称为序列E,编号为1的m序列称为序列F。又比如,m序列优选对D为{1,2},那么,在m序列优选对D中,编号为1的m序列称为序列E,编号为2的m序列称为序列F。Assume that in a pair of m-sequence preferred pairs, the m-sequence with a smaller number is called sequence E, and the m-sequence with a larger number is called sequence F. For example, the m-sequence preferred pair C is {0,1}, then in the m-sequence preferred pair C, the m-sequence numbered 0 is called sequence E, and the m-sequence numbered 1 is called sequence F. For another example, the m-sequence preferred pair D is {1,2}, then in the m-sequence preferred pair D, the m-sequence numbered 1 is called sequence E, and the m-sequence numbered 2 is called sequence F.
示例性的,假设M对m序列优选对分别为{0,1},{1,2},{0,3},{4,6},{1,5},若先按照各个优选对中序列E(即编号取值更小的m序列)的编号从小到大排列,存在两对m序列优选对的序列E的编号均为0,存在两对m序列优选对的序列E的编号均为1,再按照各个优选对中序列F(即编号取值更大的m序列)的编号从小到大排列,则可以得到M对m序列优选对的排列顺序为:{0,1},{0,3},{1,2},{1,5},{4,6}。Exemplarily, assuming that M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are {0,1}, {1,2}, {0,3}, {4,6}, {1,5}, respectively, if the sequences E in each preferred pair (i.e., the m-sequences with smaller numbers) are first arranged in ascending order, there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose sequence E is numbered 0, there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose sequence E is numbered 1, and then the sequences F in each preferred pair (i.e., the m-sequences with larger numbers) are arranged in ascending order, the arrangement order of the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs can be obtained as follows: {0,1}, {0,3}, {1,2}, {1,5}, {4,6}.
示例性的,假设M对m序列优选对分别为{0,1},{1,2},{0,3},{4,6},{1,5},若先按照各个优选对中序列E的编号从大到小排列,存在两对m序列优选对的序列E的编号均为0,存在两对m序列优选对的序列E的编号均为1,再按照各个优选对中序列F的编号从大到小排列,则可以得到M对m序列优选对的排列顺序为:{4,6},{1,5},{1,2},{0,3},{0,1}。Exemplarily, assuming that M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs are {0,1}, {1,2}, {0,3}, {4,6}, {1,5}, respectively, if they are first arranged from large to small according to the number of the sequence E in each preferred pair, there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose sequence E is numbered 0, and there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose sequence E is numbered 1, and then the numbers of the sequences F in each preferred pair are arranged from large to small, the arrangement order of the M pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs can be obtained as follows: {4,6}, {1,5}, {1,2}, {0,3}, {0,1}.
示例性的,假设M对m序列优选对分别为{0,1},{1,2},{0,3},{4,6},{1,5},若先按照各个优选对中序列F的编号从大到小排列,则可以得到M对m序列优选对的排列顺序为:{4,6},{1,5},{0,3},{1,2},{0,1}。Exemplarily, assuming that the preferred pairs of M pairs of m sequences are {0,1}, {1,2}, {0,3}, {4,6}, {1,5}, respectively, if the sequences F in each preferred pair are arranged from large to small according to their numbers, the order of arrangement of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m sequences can be obtained as follows: {4,6}, {1,5}, {0,3}, {1,2}, {0,1}.
示例性的,假设M对m序列优选对分别为{0,1},{1,2},{0,3},{4,6},{1,5},若先按照各个优选对中序列F的编号从小到大排列,则可以得到M对m序列优选对的排列顺序为:{0,1},{1,2},{0,3},{1,5},{4,6}。Exemplarily, assuming that the preferred pairs of M pairs of m sequences are {0,1}, {1,2}, {0,3}, {4,6}, {1,5}, if the sequences F in each preferred pair are arranged from small to large according to their numbers, the order of arrangement of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m sequences can be obtained as follows: {0,1}, {1,2}, {0,3}, {1,5}, {4,6}.
可以理解,分别按照各个优选对中的序列E、序列F排列时,并不局限于编号从小到大或编号从大到小的顺序,还可以按照本原多项式系数、本原多项式系数的二进制数等方式排列,具体可以参考前文所述的排列规则。It can be understood that when arranging according to sequence E and sequence F in each preferred pair, they are not limited to the order of numbers from small to large or from large to small, and can also be arranged according to primitive polynomial coefficients, binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients, etc. For details, please refer to the arrangement rules described above.
在一些实施例中,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,首先基于优选对中的第一个m序列进行排列,然后基于优选对中的第二个m序列进行排列。或者,M个gold序列族的编号顺序,首先基于优选对中的第二个m序列进行排列,然后基于优选对中的第一个m序列进行排列。 In some embodiments, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the first m-sequence in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the second m-sequence in the preferred pair. Alternatively, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged based on the second m-sequence in the preferred pair, and then arranged based on the first m-sequence in the preferred pair.
比如,m序列优选对C为{0,1},那么,在m序列优选对C中的第一个m序列是位于左边的m序列,也即是编号为0的m序列;第二个m序列是位于右边的m序列,也即是编号为1的m序列。又比如,m序列优选对D为{2,1},那么,在m序列优选对D中的第一个m序列是位于左边的m序列,也即是编号为2的m序列,第二个m序列是位于右边的m序列,也即是编号为1的m序列。For example, if the m-sequence preferred pair C is {0,1}, then the first m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair C is the m-sequence on the left, that is, the m-sequence numbered 0; the second m-sequence is the m-sequence on the right, that is, the m-sequence numbered 1. For another example, if the m-sequence preferred pair D is {2,1}, then the first m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair D is the m-sequence on the left, that is, the m-sequence numbered 2, and the second m-sequence is the m-sequence on the right, that is, the m-sequence numbered 1.
示例性的,M对m序列优选对分别为{0,1},{2,1},{0,3},{4,6},{1,5},若先按照各个优选对中的第一个m序列的编号从小到大排列,存在两对m序列优选对的第一个m序列的编号均为0,再按照第二个m序列的编号从小到大排列,则可以得到M对m序列优选对的排列顺序为:{0,1},{0,3},{1,5},{2,1},{4,6}。Exemplarily, the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences are {0,1}, {2,1}, {0,3}, {4,6}, {1,5}. If they are first arranged from small to large according to the number of the first m-sequence in each preferred pair, and there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose first m-sequences are both numbered 0, and then they are arranged from small to large according to the number of the second m-sequence, the arrangement order of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences can be obtained as follows: {0,1}, {0,3}, {1,5}, {2,1}, {4,6}.
示例性的,M对m序列优选对分别为{0,1},{2,1},{0,3},{4,6},{1,5},若先按照各个优选对中的第二个m序列的编号从大到小排列,存在两对m序列优选对的第二个m序列的编号均为1,再按照第一个m序列的编号从大到小排列,则可以得到M对m序列优选对的排列顺序为:{4,6},{1,5},{0,3},{2,1},{0,1}。Exemplarily, the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences are {0,1}, {2,1}, {0,3}, {4,6}, {1,5}. If they are first arranged from large to small according to the number of the second m-sequence in each preferred pair, there are two pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs whose second m-sequences are both numbered 1, and then they are arranged from large to small according to the number of the first m-sequence, the arrangement order of the preferred pairs of M pairs of m-sequences can be obtained as follows: {4,6}, {1,5}, {0,3}, {2,1}, {0,1}.
可以理解,分别按照各个优选对中的第一个m序列、第二个m序列排列时,并不局限于编号从小到大或编号从大到小的顺序,还可以按照本原多项式系数、本原多项式系数的二进制数等方式排列,具体可以参考前文所述的排列规则。It can be understood that when arranging according to the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence in each preferred pair, it is not limited to the order of numbers from small to large or from large to small, and can also be arranged according to primitive polynomial coefficients, binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients, etc. For details, please refer to the arrangement rules described above.
除了设计M个gold序列族的编号顺序,还可以对每个gold序列族内部的编号顺序做出设计。每个gold序列族内部的gold序列的编号顺序,也可以是默认的,或随机的,或按特定规则排列的,或由通信协议约定的,或由网络设备指示的。In addition to designing the numbering order of the M gold sequence families, the numbering order within each gold sequence family can also be designed. The numbering order of the gold sequences within each gold sequence family can also be default, random, arranged according to a specific rule, agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by a network device.
示例性的,每个gold序列族内的gold序列的编号顺序,按照循环偏移量从小到大排列,或按照循环偏移量从大到小排列。Exemplarily, the numbering order of the gold sequences within each gold sequence family is arranged from small to large according to the cyclic offset, or from large to small according to the cyclic offset.
可选的,不同gold序列族内部的编号顺序的规则相同或不同。此处以编号规则不同的情况作为示例,先按照m序列优选对的编号将M个gold序列族的编号顺序排列为0,1,2…,8,编号为0的gold序列族内的gold序列按照循环偏移量从小到大排列,其余编号的gold序列族内的gold序列按照循环偏移量从大到小排列。若编号规则相同,则比如M个gold序列族内的编号顺序都是按照循环偏移量从小到大排列的,或都是按照循环偏移量从大到小排列的。Optionally, the numbering rules within different gold sequence families are the same or different. Here, taking the case of different numbering rules as an example, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is first arranged as 0, 1, 2..., 8 according to the numbering of the m sequence preferred pairs, and the gold sequences in the gold sequence family numbered 0 are arranged from small to large according to the cyclic offset, and the gold sequences in the other numbered gold sequence families are arranged from large to small according to the cyclic offset. If the numbering rules are the same, for example, the numbering order within the M gold sequence families is arranged from small to large according to the cyclic offset, or is arranged from large to small according to the cyclic offset.
在一些实施例中,对编号顺序的设计,可以理解为gold序列族既存在逻辑编号又存在物理编号的情况。其中,逻辑编号是指gold序列族的编号在数据逻辑上的顺序,比如可以理解为本申请实施例中的编号0,1,2…,M-1,或编号1,2…,M;物理编号是指gold序列族的编号在存储器中的位置,或是在约定的映射关系中的位置,比如可以理解为本申请实施例中的编号顺序(比如2,0,M-1…,1)。gold序列族的逻辑编号与物理编号可以是相同或不同的。之所以会存在编号顺序被打乱的情况,是考虑到了gold序列之间的相关性。例如可以通过改变gold序列的编号顺序,将相关性比较好的gold序列相邻排列,则可以使得相邻小区对应的第一信号之间也会具有较好的相关性。另外,数据的存储可能会受到内存分配方式、操作系统的内存管理等因素的影响,gold序列的编号顺序可能也需要根据存储情况调整。因此,存在根据实际情况调整gold序列的编号顺序,也即调整gold序列的物理编号的可能。In some embodiments, the design of the numbering order can be understood as the situation where the gold sequence family has both logical numbering and physical numbering. Among them, the logical numbering refers to the order of the numbering of the gold sequence family in the data logic, such as the numbering 0, 1, 2 ..., M-1, or the numbering 1, 2 ..., M in the embodiment of the present application; the physical numbering refers to the position of the numbering of the gold sequence family in the memory, or the position in the agreed mapping relationship, such as the numbering order (such as 2, 0, M-1 ..., 1) in the embodiment of the present application. The logical numbering and physical numbering of the gold sequence family may be the same or different. The reason why the numbering order is disrupted is that the correlation between the gold sequences is taken into account. For example, by changing the numbering order of the gold sequence, the gold sequences with better correlation can be arranged adjacently, so that the first signals corresponding to the adjacent cells can also have a better correlation. In addition, the storage of data may be affected by factors such as the memory allocation method and the memory management of the operating system, and the numbering order of the gold sequence may also need to be adjusted according to the storage situation. Therefore, there is a possibility of adjusting the numbering order of the gold sequence according to the actual situation, that is, adjusting the physical numbering of the gold sequence.
简单来说,本申请涉及的编号顺序,可以理解为逻辑顺序,也可以理解为物理顺序,且支持根据实际情况、通信需求、通信协议的约定等因素进行调整。In simple terms, the numbering sequence involved in this application can be understood as a logical sequence or a physical sequence, and can be adjusted based on actual conditions, communication requirements, and communication protocol agreements.
在了解了M对m序列优选对/M个gold序列族之后,接下来介绍如何在M对m序列优选对中确定目标m序列优选对,也即如何在M个gold序列族中确定目标gold序列族。After understanding the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs/M gold sequence families, the following describes how to determine the target m-sequence preferred pair among the M-pairs of m-sequence preferred pairs, that is, how to determine the target gold sequence family among the M gold sequence families.
可以理解,为了便于各个小区进行下行同步、RRM测量,应当为不同小区设计不同的第一信号,使得UE能够根据第一信号来实现与各个小区对应的RRM测量、同步。不同的第一信号,可以通过如下至少一个方面的不同来实现:目标m序列的编号、目标gold序列族的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、循环移位步长、小区标识。It can be understood that in order to facilitate downlink synchronization and RRM measurement of each cell, different first signals should be designed for different cells, so that the UE can implement RRM measurement and synchronization corresponding to each cell according to the first signal. Different first signals can be realized by differences in at least one of the following aspects: the number of the target m-sequence, the number of the target gold sequence family, the number of the first m-sequence, the number of the second m-sequence, the cyclic shift step, and the cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,目标gold序列族的编号,根据小区标识确定。由于不同小区对应小区标识不同,这种设计自然地实现了小区与目标gold序列族之间的映射,使得各个小区都具有对应的目标gold序列族来生成第一信号,从而支持各个小区实现下行同步、RRM测量。In some embodiments, the number of the target gold sequence family is determined according to the cell identifier. Since different cells correspond to different cell identifiers, this design naturally realizes the mapping between the cell and the target gold sequence family, so that each cell has a corresponding target gold sequence family to generate the first signal, thereby supporting each cell to achieve downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
在一些实施例中,通信协议约定各个小区标识对应的目标gold序列族的编号,和/或,通信协议约定各个小区标识对应的目标m序列优选对的编号。In some embodiments, the communication protocol stipulates the number of the target gold sequence family corresponding to each cell identifier, and/or the communication protocol stipulates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair corresponding to each cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,通信协议约定根据小区标识确定目标gold序列族的编号的规则。比如,通信协议约定各个小区标识与目标gold序列族之间的数学运算规则。In some embodiments, the communication protocol stipulates a rule for determining the number of the target gold sequence family according to the cell identifier. For example, the communication protocol stipulates a mathematical operation rule between each cell identifier and the target gold sequence family.
示例性的,目标gold序列族的编号等于小区标识示例性的,目标gold序列族的编号等于小区标识与M的取模结果,也即示例性的,目标gold序列族的编 号根据小区标识与M的商值确定,比如, Exemplarily, the number of the target gold sequence family is equal to the cell identifier Exemplarily, the number of the target gold sequence family is equal to the cell identifier The modulo result of M, that is Exemplary, target gold sequence family encoding The number is determined by the quotient of the cell ID and M, for example,
在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端设备指示目标gold序列族的编号,和/或,目标m序列优选对的编号。示例性的,网络设备通过广播消息、系统消息、RRC信令、MAC CE等中的至少之一,向终端设备指示目标gold序列族的编号,和/或,目标m序列优选对的编号。In some embodiments, the network device indicates the number of the target gold sequence family and/or the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair to the terminal device. Exemplarily, the network device indicates the number of the target gold sequence family and/or the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair to the terminal device through at least one of a broadcast message, a system message, an RRC signaling, a MAC CE, etc.
其中,网络设备可以直接指示目标gold序列族的编号,也可以指示用于确定目标gold序列族的编号的信息。比如,网络设备向终端设备指示如下信息中的至少之一:目标gold序列在M*Q个gold序列中的编号、第一起始值e、M个gold序列族的编号顺序、M对m序列优选对的编号顺序。终端设备可以根据接收到的信息直接获取目标gold序列族的编号,也可以根据接收到的信息确定出目标gold序列族的编号。The network device may directly indicate the number of the target gold sequence family, or may indicate information used to determine the number of the target gold sequence family. For example, the network device indicates at least one of the following information to the terminal device: the number of the target gold sequence in the M*Q gold sequences, the first starting value e, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families, and the numbering order of the M-to-m sequence preferred pairs. The terminal device may directly obtain the number of the target gold sequence family according to the received information, or may determine the number of the target gold sequence family according to the received information.
若期望不同小区采用不同的第一信号,则可以通过网络设备为不同小区指示不同的目标gold序列族的编号来实现,也可以通过网络设备为不同小区指示不同的用于确定目标gold序列族的编号的信息,实现小区与目标gold序列族之间的映射,使得各个小区都具有对应的目标gold序列族来生成第一信号,从而支持各个小区实现下行同步、RRM测量。If different cells are expected to use different first signals, this can be achieved by indicating different target gold sequence family numbers to different cells through network equipment, or by indicating different information for determining the target gold sequence family numbers to different cells through network equipment, thereby achieving mapping between cells and target gold sequence families, so that each cell has a corresponding target gold sequence family to generate the first signal, thereby supporting each cell to achieve downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
在一些实施例中,目标gold序列族的编号,根据目标gold序列在M*Q个gold序列中的编号ISS确定,其中,Q表示每个gold序列族包括的gold序列数量。可选的,目标gold序列在M*Q个gold序列中的编号ISS由网络设备确定,或由通信协议约定,或由终端设备确定。In some embodiments, the number of the target gold sequence family is determined according to the number I SS of the target gold sequence in the M*Q gold sequences, where Q represents the number of gold sequences included in each gold sequence family. Optionally, the number I SS of the target gold sequence in the M*Q gold sequences is determined by a network device, or is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is determined by a terminal device.
在一些实施例中,目标gold序列族的编号,根据如下至少之一确定:ISS、第一起始值e、Q、M个gold序列族的编号顺序。In some embodiments, the numbering of the target gold sequence family is determined according to at least one of the following: I SS , a first starting value e, Q, and a numbering order of the M gold sequence families.
其中,第一起始值e用于指示起始位置,该起始位置是用于确定目标gold序列的gold序列族在M个gold序列族内的起始位置。示例性的,M个gold序列族的编号顺序为5,1,0,4,3,2,7,8,6,第一起始值e=3,则表示在确定目标gold序列时,从排在第3位的gold序列族开始考虑,也即从编号为0的gold序列族开始考虑。The first starting value e is used to indicate the starting position, which is the starting position of the gold sequence family used to determine the target gold sequence within the M gold sequence families. Exemplarily, the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is 5, 1, 0, 4, 3, 2, 7, 8, 6, and the first starting value e=3, which means that when determining the target gold sequence, the gold sequence family ranked third is considered, that is, the gold sequence family numbered 0 is considered.
示例性的,目标gold序列族为在M个gold序列族中排列位的gold序列族。若M个gold序列族的编号顺序为5,1,0,4,3,2,7,8,6,e=3,ISS=35,Q=12,那么,目标gold序列族为在M个gold序列族中排列第5位的gold序列族,也即编号为3的gold序列族。Exemplarily, the target gold sequence family is arranged in M gold sequence families. If the numbering order of the M gold sequence families is 5, 1, 0, 4, 3, 2, 7, 8, 6, e = 3, I SS = 35, Q = 12, then the target gold sequence family is the gold sequence family ranked 5th among the M gold sequence families, that is, the gold sequence family numbered 3.
根据前文内容找到目标gold序列族/目标m序列优选对之后,就可以根据目标m序列优选对生成目After finding the target gold sequence family/target m sequence preferred pair according to the previous content, the target m sequence can be generated according to the target m sequence preferred pair. 标gold序列了。Mark the gold sequence.
假设目标m序列优选对包括第一m序列和第二m序列。第一m序列为m序列优选对中的一个m序列,第二m序列为m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。Assume that the target m-sequence preferred pair includes a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence. The first m-sequence is one m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair, and the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,目标gold序列中编号为n的序列元素,根据第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素和第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素确定。也可以理解为,目标gold序列中第n比特的取值,根据第一m序列中第a比特的取值和第二m序列中第b比特的取值确定。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the target gold sequence is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the nth bit in the target gold sequence is determined according to the value of the ath bit in the first m sequence and the value of the bth bit in the second m sequence.
在一些实施例中,a根据如下至少一项确定:n、参数m0、第一长度值。b根据如下至少一项确定:n、参数m1、第一长度值。其中,参数m0表示生成目标gold序列时第一m序列的循环偏移量,参数m1表示生成目标gold序列时第二m序列的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, a is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 0 , and a first length value. b is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 1 , and a first length value. Parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset of a first m sequence when generating a target gold sequence, and parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset of a second m sequence when generating a target gold sequence.
其中,第一长度值为第一m序列的长度值,也即第二m序列的长度值。n大于或等于0且小于第一长度值。The first length value is the length value of the first m-sequence, that is, the length value of the second m-sequence. n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value.
在一些实施例中,a根据第一取模结果确定。第一取模结果为第一和值与第一长度值的取模结果。第一和值为n与参数m0之和。In some embodiments, a is determined according to a first modulo result. The first modulo result is a modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value. The first sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m 0 .
在一些实施例中,b根据第二取模结果确定。第二取模结果为第二和值与第一长度值的取模结果。第二和值为n与参数m1之和。In some embodiments, b is determined according to a second modulo result. The second modulo result is a modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value. The second sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m1 .
在一些实施例中,目标gold序列中编号为n的序列元素为第一乘积,也可以理解为,目标gold序列中第n比特的取值等于第一乘积。其中,第一乘积为第一差值与第二差值的乘积。第一差值为数值1与第二乘积之差,第二乘积为数值2与第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素的乘积。第二差值为数值1与第三乘积之差,第三乘积为数值2与第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the target gold sequence is the first product, which can also be understood as the value of the nth bit in the target gold sequence is equal to the first product. The first product is the product of the first difference and the second difference. The first difference is the difference between the value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence. The second difference is the difference between the value 1 and the third product, and the third product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
示例性的,目标gold序列可以表示为式(9)。其中,dSS(n)表示目标gold序列,x0(n)表示生成该目标gold序列所采用的第一m序列,x1(n)表示生成该目标gold序列所采用的第二m序列,L表示第一长度值。
dSS(n)=[1-2x0((n+m0)mod L)]·[1-2x1((n+m1)mod L)] (9)Exemplarily, the target gold sequence can be expressed as formula (9): wherein d SS (n) represents the target gold sequence, x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, and L represents the first length value.
d SS (n)=[1-2x 0 ((n+m 0 )mod L)]·[1-2x 1 ((n+m 1 )mod L)] (9)
在一些实施例中,式(9)适用于第一信号为经过BPSK调制得到的情况。In some embodiments, equation (9) is applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through BPSK modulation.
在一些实施例中,目标gold序列中编号为n的序列元素为第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素与第二 m序列中编号为b的序列元素之和的模二结果。也可以理解为,目标gold序列中第n比特的取值,等于第一m序列中第a比特的取值和第二m序列中第b比特的取值之和的模二结果。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the target gold sequence is the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered a in the second The modulo 2 result of the sum of the sequence elements numbered b in the m sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the nth bit in the target gold sequence is equal to the modulo 2 result of the sum of the value of the ath bit in the first m sequence and the value of the bth bit in the second m sequence.
示例性的,目标gold序列可以表示为式(10)。其中,dSS(n)表示目标gold序列,x0(n)表示生成该目标gold序列所采用的第一m序列,x1(n)表示生成该目标gold序列所采用的第二m序列,L表示第一长度值。
dSS(n)=[x0((n+m0)mod L)+x1((n+m1)mod L)]mod 2 (10)Exemplarily, the target gold sequence can be expressed as formula (10): wherein d SS (n) represents the target gold sequence, x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the target gold sequence, and L represents the first length value.
d SS (n)=[x 0 ((n+m 0 )mod L)+x 1 ((n+m 1 )mod L)]mod 2 (10)
在一些实施例中,式(10)适用于第一信号为经过OOK调制得到的情况。In some embodiments, formula (10) is applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through OOK modulation.
在一些实施例中,参数m0和参数m1根据小区标识确定。In some embodiments, the parameters m0 and m1 are based on the cell identifier Sure.
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识确定,参数m1根据第二子标识确定,第一子标识和第二子标识根据小区标识确定。假设第一子标识表示为第二子标识表示为 In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, the parameter m1 is determined according to the second sub-identifier, and the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier are determined according to the cell identifier. OK. Assume that the first sub-identifier is represented by The second sub-identifier is represented by
在一些实施例中,第一子标识和第二子标识根据小区标识和参数k确定。其中,1≤k≤S,S表示通信系统内的小区总数量。In some embodiments, the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier According to the cell ID and parameter k. Where 1≤k≤S, S represents the total number of cells in the communication system.
在一些实施例中,其中, In some embodiments, in,
根据上述式子可以看出,根据小区标识可以唯一确定出一对第一子标识和第二子标识,这一对第一子标识和第二子标识可以唯一确定出一对参数m0和参数m1。在根据前文所述的方式唯一确定出一对第一m序列和第二m序列。而在第一m序列、第二m序列、参数m0、参数m1都被唯一确定的情况下,自然可以唯一生成目标gold序列dSS(n),实现了小区标识与目标gold序列之间的一一对应。而目标gold序列即用于生成第一信号的序列,因此,也实现了小区标识与第一信号之间的一一对应,从而支持终端设备根据第一信号实现对应小区的RRM测量、同步。It can be seen from the above formula that a pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can be uniquely determined according to the cell identifier, and this pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can uniquely determine a pair of parameters m0 and m1 . A pair of first m-sequence and second m-sequence are uniquely determined according to the method described above. When the first m-sequence, the second m-sequence, the parameter m0 , and the parameter m1 are all uniquely determined, the target gold sequence dSS (n) can be naturally uniquely generated, realizing a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the target gold sequence. The target gold sequence is a sequence used to generate the first signal, therefore, a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the first signal is also realized, thereby supporting the terminal device to realize RRM measurement and synchronization of the corresponding cell according to the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。示例性的,网络设备直接指示第一m序列的编号,或指示目标gold序列族的编号,或指示目标m序列优选对的编号,或指示用于确定目标gold序列族的信息。In some embodiments, the number of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol. Exemplarily, the network device directly indicates the number of the first m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
在一些实施例中,第二m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。示例性的,网络设备直接指示第二m序列的编号,或指示目标gold序列族的编号,或指示目标m序列优选对的编号,或指示用于确定目标gold序列族的信息。In some embodiments, the number of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol. Exemplarily, the network device directly indicates the number of the second m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
在一些实施例中,m序列优选对的编号由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the preferred m-sequence pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by a network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
关于参数m0、参数m1的确定,本申请实施例给出两种计算方式:Regarding the determination of the parameters m 0 and m 1 , the present application embodiment provides two calculation methods:
计算方式一:Calculation method 1:
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识与参数G的取模结果确定,参数m1根据第二子标识与参数F的取模结果确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to a modulo result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter G, and the parameter m1 is determined according to a modulo result of the second sub-identifier and the parameter F.
在一些实施例中,参数m0等于第一子标识与参数G的取模结果,参数m1等于第二子标识与参数F的取模结果。也即, In some embodiments, parameter m0 is equal to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and parameter m1 is equal to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is,
在一些实施例中,参数m0等于第一子标识与参数G的取模结果的q1倍,参数m1等于q2倍的第二子标识与参数F的取模结果。也即,其中,q1为正整数,q2为正整数。In some embodiments, parameter m0 is equal to q1 times the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and parameter m1 is equal to q2 times the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is, Among them, q1 is a positive integer and q2 is a positive integer.
可选的,参数G小于第一长度值,也即G<L。可选的,参数F小于第一长度值,也即F<L。Optionally, the parameter G is smaller than the first length value, that is, G<L. Optionally, the parameter F is smaller than the first length value, that is, F<L.
可选的,参数m0小于第一长度值,也即m0<L。可选的,参数m1小于第一长度值,也即m1<L。Optionally, the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 <L. Optionally, the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 <L.
在一些实施例中,参数G与参数F根据通信系统内的小区总数量S确定。In some embodiments, the parameters G and F are determined according to the total number S of cells in the communication system.
在一些实施例中,假设通信系统内的小区总数量为S,参数G与参数F的乘积等于S,也即G*F=S。也可以理解为,参数G与参数F是S的约数。示例性的,S=64,则G=8,F=8;或者,G=1,F=64;或者,G=2,F=32;或者,G=4,F=16;或者,G=1,F=64;或者,G=16,F=4;或者,G=32,F=2;或者,G=64,F=1。In some embodiments, assuming that the total number of cells in the communication system is S, the product of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, that is, G*F=S. It can also be understood that parameter G and parameter F are divisors of S. Exemplarily, S=64, then G=8, F=8; or, G=1, F=64; or, G=2, F=32; or, G=4, F=16; or, G=1, F=64; or, G=16, F=4; or, G=32, F=2; or, G=64, F=1.
在一些实施例中,参数G与参数F之和等于S,也即G+F=S。或者,参数G与参数F的乘积的整数倍等于S,等等。In some embodiments, the sum of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, that is, G+F=S. Alternatively, an integer multiple of the product of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, and so on.
在一些实施例中,F=k,其中,1≤k≤S。In some embodiments, F=k, Among them, 1≤k≤S.
示例1:假设通信系统内的小区总数量为S=64个(S≥1),这64个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至63。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识移位寄存器级数为r时的m序列优选对数量M=2,那么,此时的第一m序列x0(n)和第二m序列x1(n)对应M个gold序列族中编号为15的gold序列族。假设参数G与参数F是S的约数,比如,G=8,F=8。假设目标gold序列的长度L=63,k=3。 Example 1: Assume that the total number of cells in the communication system is S=64 (S≥1), and the number or index of these 64 cells ranges from 0 to 63. Assume that the cell identifier corresponding to the first signal sent this time is When the number of shift registers is r, the optimal number of m-sequence pairs is M = 2, then, At this time, the first m-sequence x 0 (n) and the second m-sequence x 1 (n) correspond to the gold sequence family numbered 15 in the M gold sequence families. Assume that the parameters G and F are divisors of S, for example, G=8, F=8. Assume that the length of the target gold sequence is L=63, k=3.
那么,根据可以得到 Then, according to Can get
根据 according to
若通过式(9)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[1-2x0((n+2)mod 63)]·[1-2x1((n+0)mod 63)],0≤n<63。By calculating according to formula (9), we can obtain d SS (n) = [1-2x 0 ((n+2) mod 63)] · [1-2x 1 ((n+0) mod 63)], 0≤n<63.
若通过式(10)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[x0((n+2)mod 63)+x1((n+0)mod 63)]mod 2,0≤n<63。By calculating according to formula (10), we can obtain d SS (n) = [x 0 ((n+2) mod 63) + x 1 ((n+0) mod 63)] mod 2, 0≤n<63.
示例2:假设通信系统内的小区总数量为S=64个(S≥1),这64个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至63。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识网络设备指示目标gold序列族的编号=15,L=63,k=3,q1=3,q2=4。假设一个gold序列族包括Q=12个gold序列,网络设备指示第二起始信息=2,那么,目标gold序列族为M个gold序列族中排列第2+1=3位的gold序列族。此时的第一m序列x0(n)和第二m序列x1(n)对应M个gold序列族中排列第3位的gold序列族。Example 2: Assume that the total number of cells in the communication system is S=64 (S≥1), and the number or index of these 64 cells ranges from 0 to 63. Assume that the cell identifier corresponding to the first signal sent this time is The network device indicates the number of the target gold sequence family = 15, L = 63, k = 3, q 1 = 3, q 2 = 4. Assume that a gold sequence family includes Q = 12 gold sequences, The network device indicates that the second starting information = 2, then the target gold sequence family is the gold sequence family ranked 2+1=3 among the M gold sequence families. At this time, the first m sequence x 0 (n) and the second m sequence x 1 (n) correspond to the gold sequence family ranked 3 among the M gold sequence families.
那么,根据可以得到 Then, according to Can get
根据F=k,可以得到F=3, According to F = k, We can get F = 3,
根据 according to
若通过式(9)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[1-2x0((n+30)mod 63)]·[1-2x1((n+1)mod 63)],0≤n<63。By calculating according to formula (9), we can obtain d SS (n) = [1-2x 0 ((n+30) mod 63)]·[1-2x 1 ((n+1) mod 63)], 0≤n<63.
若通过式(10)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[x0((n+30)mod 63)+x1((n+1)mod 63)]mod 2,0≤n<63。By calculating according to formula (10), we can obtain d SS (n) = [x 0 ((n+30) mod 63) + x 1 ((n+1) mod 63)] mod 2, 0≤n<63.
计算方式二:Calculation method 2:
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识和第二子标识确定,参数m1根据第一子标识确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier.
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识与参数B的商数以及第二子标识确定,参数m1根据第一子标识与参数B的取模结果。In some embodiments, parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter B.
示例性的,可选的,B为正整数,f1为正整数,f2为正整数。可选的,可选的,B小于第一长度值,也即B<L。For example, Optional, B is a positive integer, f1 is a positive integer, and f2 is a positive integer. Optional, Optionally, B is smaller than the first length value, that is, B<L.
可选的,参数m0小于第一长度值,也即m0<L。可选的,参数m1小于第一长度值,也即m1<L。Optionally, the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 <L. Optionally, the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 <L.
示例3:假设通信系统内的小区总数量为S=1008个,这1008个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至1007。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识移位寄存器级数为r时的m序列优选对数量M=6,那么,此时的第一m序列x0(n)和第二m序列x1(n)对应M个gold序列族中编号为1的gold序列族。假设目标gold序列的长度L=127,f1=15,f2=5,B=112,k=2。Example 3: Assume that the total number of cells in the communication system is S=1008, and the number or index of these 1008 cells ranges from 0 to 1007. Assume that the cell identifier corresponding to the first signal sent this time is When the number of shift registers is r, the optimal number of m-sequence pairs is M = 6, then, At this time, the first m-sequence x 0 (n) and the second m-sequence x 1 (n) correspond to the gold sequence family numbered 1 among the M gold sequence families. Assume that the length of the target gold sequence is L=127, f 1 =15, f 2 =5, B=112, and k=2.
那么,根据可以得到 Then, according to Can get
根据 according to
若通过式(9)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[1-2x0((n+20)mod 127)]·[1-2x1((n+53)mod 127)],0≤n<127。By calculating according to formula (9), we can obtain d SS (n) = [1-2x 0 ((n+20) mod 127)]·[1-2x 1 ((n+53) mod 127)], 0≤n<127.
若通过式(10)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[x0((n+20)mod 127)+x1((n+53)mod 127)]mod 2,0≤n<127。By calculating according to formula (10), we can obtain d SS (n) = [x 0 ((n+20) mod 127) + x 1 ((n+53) mod 127)] mod 2, 0≤n<127.
示例4:假设通信系统内的小区总数量为S=1008个(S≥1),这1008个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至1007。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识网络设备指示目标gold序列族的编号=15,k=3。假设一个gold序列族包括Q=12个gold序列,网络设备指示第二起始信息=2,那么,目标gold序列族为M个gold序列族中排列第2+1=3位的gold序列族。此时的第一m序列x0(n)和第二m序列x1(n)对应M个gold序列族中排在第3位的gold序列族。假设目标gold序列的长度L=63,f1=10,f2=3,B=56。Example 4: Assume that the total number of cells in the communication system is S=1008 (S≥1), and the number or index of these 1008 cells ranges from 0 to 1007. Assume that the cell identifier corresponding to the first signal sent this time is The network device indicates the number of the target gold sequence family = 15, k = 3. Assume that a gold sequence family includes Q = 12 gold sequences, The network device indicates that the second starting information = 2, then the target gold sequence family is the gold sequence family ranked 2+1=3rd among the M gold sequence families. At this time, the first m-sequence x 0 (n) and the second m-sequence x 1 (n) correspond to the gold sequence family ranked 3rd among the M gold sequence families. Assume that the length of the target gold sequence is L=63, f 1 =10, f 2 =3, and B=56.
那么,根据可以得到 Then, according to Can get
根据 according to
若通过式(9)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[1-2x0((n+13)mod 63)]·[1-2x1((n+54)mod 63)],0≤n<63。 By calculating according to formula (9), we can obtain d SS (n) = [1-2x 0 ((n+13) mod 63)]·[1-2x 1 ((n+54) mod 63)], 0≤n<63.
若通过式(10)计算,可以得到dSS(n)=[x0((n+13)mod 63)+x1((n+54)mod 63)]mod 2,0≤n<63。By calculating according to formula (10), we can obtain d SS (n) = [x 0 ((n+13) mod 63) + x 1 ((n+54) mod 63)] mod 2, 0≤n<63.
需要注意的是,无论是计算方式一还是计算方式二,其中的m0与m1的计算方式可以对调。比如,参数m0根据第二子标识确定,参数m1根据第一子标识确定。比如,参数m0等于第二子标识与参数F的取模结果,参数m1等于第一子标识与参数G的取模结果。比如,比如,比如,参数m1根据第一子标识和第二子标识确定,参数m0根据第一子标识确定。比如,参数m1根据第一子标识与参数B的商数以及第二子标识确定,参数m0根据第一子标识与参数B的取模结果。比如, It should be noted that, regardless of calculation method 1 or calculation method 2, the calculation methods of m0 and m1 can be swapped. For example, parameter m0 is determined according to the second sub-identifier, and parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier. For example, parameter m0 is equal to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F, and parameter m1 is equal to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G. For example, for example, For example, parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier, and parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier. For example, parameter m1 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter B. For example,
在一些实施例中,网络设备发送如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the network device sends at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,通过gold序列为发送同步信号、测量信号提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于gold序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过gold序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。并且,通过对m序列优选对的循环移位,可以获得海量的gold序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的gold序列来生成第一信号。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through a gold sequence. Since the gold sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. In addition, by cyclically shifting the preferred m-sequence pair, a large number of gold sequences can be obtained, which can provide available gold sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
接下来,以第一信号根据m序列生成为例,在步骤1010的基础上进一步介绍第一信号基于m序列生成的相关内容。Next, taking the generation of the first signal based on the m-sequence as an example, the related contents of the generation of the first signal based on the m-sequence are further introduced on the basis of step 1010 .
图12示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由网络设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 12 is a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
步骤1210:发送第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于m序列生成。Step 1210: Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on an m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,第一信号基于第一m序列或第二m序列生成。In some embodiments, the first signal is generated based on the first m-sequence or the second m-sequence.
其中,第一m序列即前文所述的根据本原多项式生成的m序列。一个r次本原多项式,可以产生一个r级的第一m序列。The first m-sequence is the m-sequence generated by the primitive polynomial as mentioned above. An r-order primitive polynomial can generate an r-order first m-sequence.
表1示出了不同级数的移位寄存器能够生成的第一m序列数量上限,其中,第一m序列数量上限等于本原多项式数量。比如,级数r=7时,存在18个本原多项式,那么,第一m序列数量上限就为18。Table 1 shows the upper limit of the number of first m-sequences that can be generated by shift registers of different series, where the upper limit of the number of first m-sequences is equal to the number of primitive polynomials. For example, when the series r=7, there are 18 primitive polynomials, so the upper limit of the number of first m-sequences is 18.
表1不同级数下第一m序列数量上限
Table 1 Upper limit of the number of first m-sequences under different levels
第二m序列由第一m序列经过循环移位得到。也可以理解为,第二m序列为第一m序列的循环移位序列。The second m-sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the first m-sequence. It can also be understood that the second m-sequence is a cyclically shifted sequence of the first m-sequence.
本申请中,第一m序列还可以称为如下至少之一:基本m序列、根m序列、主m序列、第一级m序列,等等。第二m序列还可以称为如下至少之一:移位序列、位移序列、循环移位序列、扩展m序列、次m序列、从m序列、辅m序列、第二级m序列,等等。In the present application, the first m-sequence may also be referred to as at least one of the following: a basic m-sequence, a root m-sequence, a main m-sequence, a first-level m-sequence, etc. The second m-sequence may also be referred to as at least one of the following: a shift sequence, a displacement sequence, a cyclic shift sequence, an extended m-sequence, a secondary m-sequence, a secondary m-sequence, an auxiliary m-sequence, a second-level m-sequence, etc.
此处介绍循环移位的相关概念。顾名思义,循环移位就是将序列中的数值循环移动。常见的循环移位有两种:循环左移和循环右移。其中,循环左移是将移出的高位放到序列的低位,循环右移是将移出的低位放到序列的高位。一次循环移位所移出的位数或比特数则称为该次循环移位的循环偏移量,经循环移位得到的序列即可称为移位序列。以基本m序列“10110101”为例,图13示出了在循环偏移量为2位的情况下进行循环移位的过程。循环左移的过程如图12的(a)所示,循环右移的过程如图12的(b)所示。本申请实施例中的循环移位,可以是循环左移,也可以是循环右移。循环偏移量也可以称为循环移位量。 The relevant concepts of circular shift are introduced here. As the name implies, circular shift is to circularly shift the values in a sequence. There are two common circular shifts: circular left shift and circular right shift. Among them, circular left shift is to put the high bit shifted out to the low bit of the sequence, and circular right shift is to put the low bit shifted out to the high bit of the sequence. The number of bits or bits shifted out by a circular shift is called the circular offset of the circular shift, and the sequence obtained by the circular shift can be called a shift sequence. Taking the basic m sequence "10110101" as an example, Figure 13 shows the process of circular shifting when the circular offset is 2 bits. The process of circular left shift is shown in (a) of Figure 12, and the process of circular right shift is shown in (b) of Figure 12. The circular shift in the embodiment of the present application can be a circular left shift or a circular right shift. The circular offset can also be called a circular shift amount.
根据前文可知,一个级数为r的第一m序列的最长周期为2r-1。如果每次循环移位的循环偏移量为1,那最多可以产生2r-2个第二m序列。因此,对第一m序列在循环偏移量为1的情况下进行循环移位,一共最多可以得到2r-1个m序列(其中包括第一m序列本身)。 According to the above, the longest period of a first m-sequence with a level of r is 2r -1. If the cyclic offset of each cyclic shift is 1, then at most 2r -2 second m-sequences can be generated. Therefore, by cyclically shifting the first m-sequence with a cyclic offset of 1, at most 2r -1 m-sequences can be obtained (including the first m-sequence itself).
如果第一m序列的循环移位步长为NCS,那么,最多可以得到个m序列,其中包含一个基本m序列和个循环移位序列。本申请中,表示向下取整,表示向上取整,下文不再赘述。If the cyclic shift step size of the first m sequence is N CS , then the maximum value that can be obtained is m-sequences, including a basic m-sequence and Cyclic shift sequences. In this application, Indicates rounding down. Indicates rounding up, which will not be described in detail below.
假设级数为r的情况下第一m序列的个数为N,对这N个第一m序列按照循环移位步长NCS进行循环移位后,最多可以得到个m序列,其中包括N个第一m序列本身和 个第二m序列。Assuming that the number of the first m-sequences is N when the level is r, after cyclic shifting these N first m-sequences according to the cyclic shift step length N CS , the maximum number of possible sequences is m-sequences, including the N first m-sequences themselves and A second m-sequence.
可以理解,根据循环移位步长NCS能够得到循环偏移量,按照循环偏移量对第一m序列进行循环移位,就可以得到若干个的第二m序列。并且循环移位步长NCS越小,能够得到的第二m序列越多。It can be understood that the cyclic shift step N CS can be used to obtain the cyclic offset, and the first m-sequence is cyclically shifted according to the cyclic offset to obtain several second m-sequences. The smaller the cyclic shift step N CS is, the more second m-sequences can be obtained.
假设第一m序列为x(n),那么第二m序列可以表示为x((n+C)mod L),其中L为第一m序列的长度,C为第二m序列相对第一m序列的循环偏移量,mod为取模操作。循环偏移量C的取值,理论上可以是0至L之间的任一整数。Assuming the first m-sequence is x(n), the second m-sequence can be expressed as x((n+C)mod L), where L is the length of the first m-sequence, C is the cyclic offset of the second m-sequence relative to the first m-sequence, and mod is the modulo operation. The value of the cyclic offset C can theoretically be any integer between 0 and L.
但是,在一些情况下,循环偏移量过小会导致接收端难以区分相邻的两个循环移位序列,尤其是当m序列的每一比特对应的码片(Chip)较小时。因此,本申请还支持在一些实施例中对循环偏移量的取值做出进一步限定,以保障同步信号的接收质量。示例性的,令循环偏移量大于第一阈值,该第一阈值由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据m序列的码片长度确定。However, in some cases, a cyclic offset that is too small may make it difficult for the receiving end to distinguish between two adjacent cyclic shift sequences, especially when the chip (Chip) corresponding to each bit of the m-sequence is small. Therefore, the present application also supports further limiting the value of the cyclic offset in some embodiments to ensure the reception quality of the synchronization signal. Exemplarily, the cyclic offset is greater than a first threshold value, which is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the chip length of the m-sequence.
本申请实施例中,将用于生成第一信号的m序列称为目标m序列,目标m序列经过调制后即可得到第一信号。In the embodiment of the present application, the m-sequence used to generate the first signal is called a target m-sequence, and the first signal can be obtained after the target m-sequence is modulated.
在一些实施例中,目标m序列为m序列集合中的一个m序列。其中,m序列集合根据移位寄存器级数r确定。m序列集合包括第一m序列和/或第二m序列,因此,目标m序列可能是第一m序列,也可能是第二m序列。In some embodiments, the target m-sequence is an m-sequence in an m-sequence set, wherein the m-sequence set is determined according to the number of shift register stages r. The m-sequence set includes the first m-sequence and/or the second m-sequence, and therefore, the target m-sequence may be the first m-sequence or the second m-sequence.
接下来首先介绍m序列集合:Next, we first introduce the m-sequence set:
假设移位寄存器级数为r时,存在X个第一m序列,根据循环移位步长对X个第一m序列分别进行循环移位,获得Y个第二m序列。m序列集合包括其中W个m序列,W≤X+Y。本申请实施例以W=X+Y为例进行示意性说明。Assuming that the number of shift register stages is r, there are X first m-sequences, and the X first m-sequences are cyclically shifted according to the cyclic shift step length to obtain Y second m-sequences. The m-sequence set includes W m-sequences, W≤X+Y. The embodiment of the present application is schematically illustrated by taking W=X+Y as an example.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内m序列的编号顺序,是默认的,或随机的,或按特定规则排列的,或由通信协议约定的,或由网络设备确定的。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is default, or random, or arranged according to a specific rule, or agreed upon by a communication protocol, or determined by a network device.
在一些实施例中,先将m序列集合内的全部m序列按特定规则排列,再分配编号,形成编号顺序为0,1,2…,W-1的W个m序列。或者,先将m序列集合内的全部m序列随机排列,再分配编号,形成编号顺序为0,1,2…,W-1的W个m序列。In some embodiments, all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are first arranged according to a specific rule, and then numbers are assigned to form W m-sequences with a numbering sequence of 0, 1, 2 ..., W-1. Alternatively, all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are first randomly arranged, and then numbers are assigned to form W m-sequences with a numbering sequence of 0, 1, 2 ..., W-1.
在一些实施例中,先为m序列集合内的全部m序列分配编号,再将全部m序列按特定规则排列。或者,先为m序列集合内的全部m序列分配编号,再将全部m序列随机排列。因此,最后形成的m序列集合内的编号顺序可能是被打乱的,不是从0至W-1的编号顺序。In some embodiments, all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are assigned numbers first, and then all m-sequences are arranged according to a specific rule. Alternatively, all m-sequences in the m-sequence set are assigned numbers first, and then all m-sequences are randomly arranged. Therefore, the numbering order in the m-sequence set finally formed may be disrupted, and is not a numbering order from 0 to W-1.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内的每个m序列都具有一一对应的编号,m序列集合内m序列的编号顺序,按照编号取值从小到大排列,或者,按照编号取值从大到小排列。In some embodiments, each m-sequence in the m-sequence set has a one-to-one corresponding number, and the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged from small to large according to the number value, or from large to small according to the number value.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内第一m序列的编号顺序,根据如下至少之一确定:对应的本原多项式系数、对应的本原多项式系数的二进制数、第一m序列的编号取值。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the first m-sequence in the m-sequence set is determined according to at least one of the following: the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, the binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and the numbering value of the first m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内的第一m序列,按照第一m序列的编号取值从小到大排列,或者,按照第一m序列的编号取值从大到小排列。In some embodiments, the first m-sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged from small to large according to the serial number values of the first m-sequences, or arranged from large to small according to the serial number values of the first m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内第一m序列的编号顺序,根据生成第一m序列的本原多项式系数进行排列。示例性的,全部第一m序列按照本原多项式系数从高次幂到低次幂的顺序排列。示例性的,全部第一m序列按照本原多项式系数从低次幂到高次幂的顺序排列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the first m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged according to the coefficients of the primitive polynomial that generates the first m-sequences. Exemplarily, all the first m-sequences are arranged in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from high to low powers. Exemplarily, all the first m-sequences are arranged in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from low to high powers.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内第一m序列的编号顺序,根据对应的本原多项式系数的二进制数进行排列。示例性的,将本原多项式系数用二进制数表示,全部第一m序列按照本原多项式对应的二进制数从小到大的顺序排列。示例性的,全部第一m序列按照本原多项式对应的二进制数从大到小的顺序排列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the first m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged according to the binary numbers of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficients. Exemplarily, the primitive polynomial coefficients are represented by binary numbers, and all the first m-sequences are arranged in order from small to large according to the binary numbers corresponding to the primitive polynomials. Exemplarily, all the first m-sequences are arranged in order from large to small according to the binary numbers corresponding to the primitive polynomials.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内第二m序列的编号顺序,根据如下至少之一确定:循环偏移量、对应的第一m序列的编号顺序、对应的本原多项式系数、对应的本原多项式系数的二进制数、第二m序列的编号取值。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the second m-sequence in the m-sequence set is determined according to at least one of the following: a cyclic offset, a numbering order of the corresponding first m-sequence, a corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, a binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and a numbering value of the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内的第二m序列,按照第二m序列的编号取值从小到大排列,或者,按照第二m序列的编号取值从大到小排列。In some embodiments, the second m-sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged from small to large according to the serial numbers of the second m-sequences, or arranged from large to small according to the serial numbers of the second m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内第二m序列的编号顺序,根据循环偏移量进行排列。示例性的,第二m序列按照循环偏移量从小到大的顺序排列。示例性的,第二m序列按照循环偏移量从大到小的顺序排 列。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the second m-sequences in the m-sequence set is arranged according to the cyclic offset. Exemplarily, the second m-sequences are arranged in the order of the cyclic offset from small to large. Exemplarily, the second m-sequences are arranged in the order of the cyclic offset from large to small. List.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内,先排列全部第一m序列(可以是按照二进制数和/或本原多项式系数和/或编号取值排列,如前文所述),再排列全部第二m序列(可以是按照循环偏移量和/或第一m序列的编号顺序和/或二进制数和/或本原多项式系数和/或编号取值排列,如前文所述),全部第二m序列在全部第一m序列之后。示例性的,假设全部第一m序列表示为M1,1,M1,2…,M1,X,假设全部第二m序列表示为M2,1,M2,2…,M2,Y,那么,m序列集合内m序列的排列顺序为M1,1,M1,2…,M1,X,M2,1,M2,2…,M2,Y,或者,M1,X,M1,X-1…,M1,1,M2,Y,M2,Y-1…,M2,1。In some embodiments, within the m-sequence set, all first m-sequences are arranged first (they may be arranged according to binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or serial values, as described above), and then all second m-sequences are arranged (they may be arranged according to cyclic offsets and/or serial order of the first m-sequences and/or binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or serial values, as described above), and all second m-sequences are arranged after all first m-sequences. Exemplarily, assuming that all first m-sequences are expressed as M 1,1 ,M 1,2 …,M 1,X , and assuming that all second m-sequences are expressed as M 2,1 ,M 2,2 …,M 2,Y , then the arrangement order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is M 1,1 ,M 1,2 …,M 1,X ,M 2,1 ,M 2,2 …,M 2,Y , or, M 1,X ,M 1,X-1 …,M 1,1 ,M 2,Y ,M 2,Y-1 …,M 2,1 .
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内,先排列全部第二m序列(可以是按照循环偏移量和/或第一m序列的编号顺序和/或二进制数和/或本原多项式系数和/或编号取值排列,如前文所述),再排列全部第一m序列(可以是按照二进制数和/或本原多项式系数和/或编号取值排列,如前文所述),全部第一m序列在全部第二m序列之后。In some embodiments, within the m-sequence set, all second m-sequences are arranged first (they may be arranged according to the order of cyclic offsets and/or numbering of first m-sequences and/or binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or numbering values, as described above), and then all first m-sequences are arranged (they may be arranged according to binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or numbering values, as described above), and all first m-sequences are arranged after all second m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,m序列集合内,交叉排列第一m序列和第二m序列。示例性的,m序列集合内先排列X个第一m序列(可以是按照二进制数和/或本原多项式系数和/或编号取值排列,如前文所述),各个第二m序列按照循环偏移量从小到大的顺序排列自身对应的第一m序列之后。示例性的,m序列集合内先排列X个第一m序列,各个第二m序列按照循环偏移量从大到小的顺序排列自身对应的第一m序列之后。示例性的,m序列集合内先排列X个第一m序列,各个第二m序列按照编号取值从小到大的顺序排列自身对应的第一m序列之后。示例性的,m序列集合内先排列X个第一m序列,各个第二m序列按照编号取值从大到小的顺序排列自身对应的第一m序列之后。In some embodiments, in an m-sequence set, a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence are arranged crosswise. Exemplarily, X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set (which may be arranged according to binary numbers and/or primitive polynomial coefficients and/or numbered values, as described above), and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of cyclic offset from small to large after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself. Exemplarily, X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set, and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of cyclic offset from large to small after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself. Exemplarily, X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set, and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of numbered values from small to large after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself. Exemplarily, X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set, and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of numbered values from large to small after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself. Exemplarily, X first m-sequences are arranged first in an m-sequence set, and each second m-sequence is arranged in order of numbered values from large to small after the first m-sequence corresponding to itself.
第一m序列与第二m序列的编号顺序的规则可以相同或不同。示例性的,第一m序列与第二m序列都根据编号取值排列。示例性的,第一m序列根据本原多项式系数排列,第二m序列根据循环偏移量排列。其他可能性参考前文内容,不再一一赘述。The numbering order rules of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence may be the same or different. Exemplarily, the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence are arranged according to the numbering values. Exemplarily, the first m-sequence is arranged according to the primitive polynomial coefficients, and the second m-sequence is arranged according to the cyclic offset. For other possibilities, refer to the above content and will not be repeated one by one.
然后介绍如何确定目标m序列:Then we introduce how to determine the target m sequence:
在一些实施例中,从上述包括W个m序列的m序列集合中,选择S个m序列。S表示通信系统内的小区总数量。In some embodiments, S m-sequences are selected from the m-sequence set including W m-sequences. S represents the total number of cells in the communication system.
可选的,S个m序列从m序列集合中随机选择。或者,S个m序列是m序列集合中默认的S个m序列。或者,S个m序列是m序列集合中由通信协议约定的S个m序列。或者,S个m序列是m序列集合中按照特定规则选择出的S个m序列。Optionally, the S m-sequences are randomly selected from the m-sequence set. Alternatively, the S m-sequences are the default S m-sequences in the m-sequence set. Alternatively, the S m-sequences are the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set agreed upon by the communication protocol. Alternatively, the S m-sequences are the S m-sequences selected from the m-sequence set according to a specific rule.
比如,S个m序列是m序列集合中默认编号为奇数的m序列。又比如,S个m序列是m序列集合中编号为0至S-1的m序列。又比如,S个m序列是m序列集合中排列在前S位的m序列。又比如,S个m序列是m序列集合中排列在最后S位的m序列,等等。For example, the S m-sequences are the m-sequences with odd default numbers in the m-sequence set. For another example, the S m-sequences are the m-sequences numbered from 0 to S-1 in the m-sequence set. For another example, the S m-sequences are the m-sequences arranged in the first S positions in the m-sequence set. For another example, the S m-sequences are the m-sequences arranged in the last S positions in the m-sequence set, and so on.
在一些实施例中,在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号,沿用其在m序列集合中的编号。示例性的,S个m序列在m序列集合中的编号为(W-1-S)至(W-1),那么,在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号继续使用(W-1-S)至(W-1)。示例性的,S个m序列在m序列集合中的编号为1至S,那么,在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号继续使用1至S。In some embodiments, when generating the first signal, the numbering of the S m-sequences continues to use the numbering in the m-sequence set. Exemplarily, the numbering of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set is (W-1-S) to (W-1), then, when generating the first signal, the numbering of the S m-sequences continues to use (W-1-S) to (W-1). Exemplarily, the numbering of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set is 1 to S, then, when generating the first signal, the numbering of the S m-sequences continues to use 1 to S.
在一些实施例中,在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号,与其在m序列集合中的编号不同。示例性的,S个m序列在m序列集合中的编号为(W-1-S)至(W-1),在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号为0至S-1,或1至S。In some embodiments, when the first signal is generated, the numbers of the S m-sequences are different from their numbers in the m-sequence set. Exemplarily, the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set are numbered from (W-1-S) to (W-1), and when the first signal is generated, the S m-sequences are numbered from 0 to S-1, or from 1 to S.
在一些实施例中,在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号顺序,沿用其在m序列集合中的编号顺序。也即,这S个m序列在生成第一信号时的编号顺序,与这S个m序列在m序列集合中的编号顺序相同。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the S m-sequences when generating the first signal follows the numbering order of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set. That is, the numbering order of the S m-sequences when generating the first signal is the same as the numbering order of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set.
在一些实施例中,在生成第一信号时S个m序列的编号顺序,与这S个m序列在m序列集合中的编号顺序不同。比如,这S个m序列按照编号取值从小到大的顺序排列,或者,按照编号取值从大到小的顺序排列,或者,按照本原多项式系数从低次幂到高次幂的顺序排列,或者,按照本原多项式系数从高次幂到低次幂的顺序排列,或者,按照本原多项式的二进制数从大到小的顺序排列,或者,按照本原多项式的二进制数从小到大的顺序排列,等等。示例性的,S个m序列的编号顺序为0,1,2…,S-1,或者,S个m序列的编号顺序为S-1,S-2,S-3…,1,0。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the S m-sequences when generating the first signal is different from the numbering order of the S m-sequences in the m-sequence set. For example, the S m-sequences are arranged in the order of the number values from small to large, or in the order of the number values from large to small, or in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from low to high power, or in the order of the coefficients of the primitive polynomial from high to low power, or in the order of the binary numbers of the primitive polynomial from large to small, or in the order of the binary numbers of the primitive polynomial from small to large, etc. Exemplarily, the numbering order of the S m-sequences is 0, 1, 2…, S-1, or the numbering order of the S m-sequences is S-1, S-2, S-3…, 1, 0.
基于上述方式对m序列集合内的m序列进行排序,以及S个m序列的排序后,就可以得到与S个小区一一对应的S个m序列。S个m序列中各个序列的编号,可对应为S个第一信号的序列的编号。示例性的,S个m序列中编号为0的m序列,对应编号为0的第一信号的序列;S个m序列中编号为1的m序列,对应编号为1的第一信号的序列;以此类推。示例性的,S个m序列中编号为0的m序列,对应编号为1的第一信号的序列;S个m序列中编号为1的m序列,对应编号为2的第一信号的序列;以此类推。Based on the above method, after sorting the m sequences in the m sequence set and sorting the S m sequences, S m sequences corresponding to the S cells can be obtained. The number of each sequence in the S m sequences can correspond to the number of the sequence of the S first signals. Exemplarily, the m sequence numbered 0 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 0; the m sequence numbered 1 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 1; and so on. Exemplarily, the m sequence numbered 0 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 1; the m sequence numbered 1 in the S m sequences corresponds to the sequence of the first signal numbered 2; and so on.
可以理解,为了便于各个小区进行下行同步、RRM测量,应当为不同小区设计不同的第一信号,使得 UE能够根据第一信号来实现与各个小区对应的RRM测量、同步。不同的第一信号,可以通过如下至少一个方面的不同来实现:目标m序列的编号、循环移位步长、小区标识。It can be understood that in order to facilitate downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in each cell, different first signals should be designed for different cells so that The UE can implement RRM measurement and synchronization corresponding to each cell according to the first signal. Different first signals can be implemented by different at least one of the following aspects: the number of the target m-sequence, the cyclic shift step, and the cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,目标m序列的编号,根据小区标识确定。由于不同小区对应小区标识不同,这种设计自然地实现了小区与目标m序列之间的映射,使得各个小区都具有对应的m序列来生成第一信号,从而支持各个小区实现下行同步、RRM测量。In some embodiments, the number of the target m-sequence is determined according to the cell identifier. Since different cells correspond to different cell identifiers, this design naturally realizes the mapping between the cell and the target m-sequence, so that each cell has a corresponding m-sequence to generate the first signal, thereby supporting each cell to achieve downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
在一些实施例中,通信协议约定各个小区标识对应的目标m序列的编号。In some embodiments, the communication protocol stipulates the number of the target m-sequence corresponding to each cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,通信协议约定根据小区标识确定目标m序列的编号的规则。比如,通信协议约定各个小区标识与目标m序列之间的数学运算规则。In some embodiments, the communication protocol stipulates a rule for determining the number of the target m-sequence according to the cell identifier. For example, the communication protocol stipulates a mathematical operation rule between each cell identifier and the target m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,目标m序列根据小区标识确定。也就是说,每个小区对应的第一信号,与自身的小区标识关联。小区标识与通信系统内的小区总数量S有关,示例性的, In some embodiments, the target m sequence is based on the cell identifier That is to say, the first signal corresponding to each cell is associated with its own cell identifier. Related to the total number S of cells in the communication system, illustratively,
在一些实施例中,目标m序列的编号与小区标识相同。示例性的,目标m序列的编号=30,目标m序列为S个m序列中编号为30的m序列。In some embodiments, the target m-sequence number and the cell identifier Same. For example, The number of the target m-sequence=30, and the target m-sequence is the m-sequence numbered 30 among the S m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,目标m序列的编号等于小区标识与S的取模结果,也即 或者,目标m序列的编号根据小区标识与S的商值确定,比如, In some embodiments, the number of the target m-sequence is equal to the cell identifier The modulo result of S, that is Alternatively, the target m-sequence number is based on the cell identifier The quotient value with S is determined, for example,
在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端设备指示目标m序列的编号。示例性的,网络设备通过广播消息、系统消息、RRC信令、MAC CE等中的至少之一,向终端设备指示目标m序列的编号。In some embodiments, the network device indicates the number of the target m-sequence to the terminal device. Exemplarily, the network device indicates the number of the target m-sequence to the terminal device through at least one of a broadcast message, a system message, an RRC signaling, a MAC CE, etc.
其中,网络设备可以直接指示目标m序列的编号,也可以指示用于确定目标m序列的编号的信息。比如,网络设备向终端设备指示如下信息中的至少之一:目标m序列在S个m序列中的编号、S个m序列的编号顺序。终端设备可以根据接收到的信息直接获取目标m序列的编号,也可以根据接收到的信息确定出目标m序列的编号。The network device may directly indicate the number of the target m-sequence, or may indicate information used to determine the number of the target m-sequence. For example, the network device indicates at least one of the following information to the terminal device: the number of the target m-sequence in the S m-sequences, and the numbering order of the S m-sequences. The terminal device may directly obtain the number of the target m-sequence according to the received information, or may determine the number of the target m-sequence according to the received information.
若期望不同小区采用不同的第一信号,则可以通过网络设备为不同小区指示不同的目标m序列的编号来实现,也可以通过网络设备为不同小区指示不同的用于确定目标m序列的编号的信息,实现小区与目标m序列之间的映射,使得各个小区都具有对应的目标m序列来生成第一信号,从而支持各个小区实现下行同步、RRM测量。If different cells are expected to use different first signals, this can be achieved by having the network device indicate different target m-sequence numbers for different cells, or by having the network device indicate different information for determining the target m-sequence numbers for different cells, thereby achieving mapping between cells and target m-sequences, so that each cell has a corresponding target m-sequence to generate the first signal, thereby supporting each cell to achieve downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
在一些实施例中,网络设备发送如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the network device sends at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,通过m序列为发送同步信号、测量信号提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于m序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过gold序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through an m-sequence. Since the m-sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
并且,通过构建m序列集合,可以获得海量的m序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的m序列来生成第一信号。Furthermore, by constructing an m-sequence set, a large number of m-sequences can be obtained, and available m-sequences can be provided for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
上述图11、图12示出的实施例,可以实现RRM测量、下行同步的需求。WUR接收、检测的第一信号的数目(对应待测量或同步的小区标识数目)可由主收发机来配置,因此第一信号的数目可以相对有限,WUR只需要处理有限数目的第一信号来实现RRM测量、下行同步。然而,低功耗设备通过低功耗接收机进行RRM测量、下行同步时,此时小区的搜索、测量需要由低功耗接收机独立完成。因此,当通信系统内的小区总数量较多时,小区标识的取值范围较大时,可能的第一信号的序列数目也较多,也即低功耗接收机需要检测的第一信号也较多。例如当通信系统内存在1008个小区时,也就意味着存在1008个小区标识一一对应的1008个第一信号,此时低功耗设备可能需要对1008个序列进行接收、检测,这无疑会增大低功耗设备的功耗。The embodiments shown in Figures 11 and 12 above can meet the needs of RRM measurement and downlink synchronization. The number of first signals received and detected by the WUR (corresponding to the number of cell identifiers to be measured or synchronized) can be configured by the main transceiver, so the number of first signals can be relatively limited, and the WUR only needs to process a limited number of first signals to achieve RRM measurement and downlink synchronization. However, when the low-power device performs RRM measurement and downlink synchronization through a low-power receiver, the search and measurement of the cell at this time needs to be completed independently by the low-power receiver. Therefore, when the total number of cells in the communication system is large and the value range of the cell identifier is large, the number of possible first signal sequences is also large, that is, the low-power receiver needs to detect more first signals. For example, when there are 1008 cells in the communication system, it means that there are 1008 first signals corresponding to 1008 cell identifiers. At this time, the low-power device may need to receive and detect 1008 sequences, which will undoubtedly increase the power consumption of the low-power device.
因此,可以考虑在图11、图12的基础上,减少终端设备可能需要检测的第一信号数目,来节省低功耗设备的功耗,也能适当节省WUR的功耗。Therefore, based on Figures 11 and 12, it is possible to consider reducing the number of first signals that the terminal device may need to detect to save power consumption of low-power devices and appropriately save power consumption of WUR.
一种方式是:减少小区标识数目,但这可能会影响网络侧的部署与规划的灵活性。例如,基于常规的网络拓扑部署低功耗小区时,比较简单的方式还是沿用传统的小区标识。One way is to reduce the number of cell identifiers, but this may affect the flexibility of deployment and planning on the network side. For example, when deploying low-power cells based on conventional network topology, a simpler way is to continue to use traditional cell identifiers.
另外一种方式是:通过构建合适的二进制序列以降低终端设备检测第一信号的复杂度。本申请给出如图14所示的方案,设计第一信号通过两个二进制序列生成,每个二进制序列携带小区标识的一部分信息。Another way is to reduce the complexity of the terminal device detecting the first signal by constructing a suitable binary sequence. The present application provides a solution as shown in FIG14 , in which the first signal is designed to be generated by two binary sequences, each of which carries part of the cell identity information.
图14示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由网络设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 14 shows a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a network device, and the method includes:
步骤1410:发送第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于两个m序列生成。 Step 1410: Send a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on two m-sequences.
参考图11示出的实施例,确定目标m序列优选对,具体步骤此处不再赘述。With reference to the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , the target m-sequence preferred pair is determined, and the specific steps are not repeated here.
假设目标m序列优选对包括第一m序列和第二m序列。第一m序列为m序列优选对中的一个m序列,第二m序列为m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。Assume that the target m-sequence preferred pair includes a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence. The first m-sequence is one m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair, and the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the m-sequence preferred pair.
第一信号通过两个二进制序列生成,其中一个二进制序列为第一m序列,另一个二进制序列为第二m序列。The first signal is generated by two binary sequences, one of which is a first m-sequence and the other is a second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,第一信号包括两个子信号,分别为第一子信号和第二子信号。其中,第一子信号的序列根据第一m序列生成,第二子信号的序列根据第二m序列生成。In some embodiments, the first signal includes two sub-signals, namely a first sub-signal and a second sub-signal, wherein the sequence of the first sub-signal is generated according to a first m-sequence, and the sequence of the second sub-signal is generated according to a second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,第一m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。示例性的,网络设备直接指示第一m序列的编号,或指示目标gold序列族的编号,或指示目标m序列优选对的编号,或指示用于确定目标gold序列族的信息。In some embodiments, the number of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol. Exemplarily, the network device directly indicates the number of the first m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
在一些实施例中,第二m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。示例性的,网络设备直接指示第二m序列的编号,或指示目标gold序列族的编号,或指示目标m序列优选对的编号,或指示用于确定目标gold序列族的信息。In some embodiments, the number of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by the communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to the rules agreed upon by the communication protocol. Exemplarily, the network device directly indicates the number of the second m-sequence, or indicates the number of the target gold sequence family, or indicates the number of the target m-sequence preferred pair, or indicates information used to determine the target gold sequence family.
在一些实施例中,m序列优选对的编号由通信协议约定,或由网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the preferred m-sequence pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by a network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素,根据第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素确定。也可以理解为,第一子信号的序列中第n1比特的取值,根据第一m序列中第a比特的取值确定。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n1th bit in the sequence of the first sub-signal is determined according to the value of the ath bit in the first m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素,根据第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素确定。也可以理解为,第二子信号的序列中第n2比特的取值,根据第二m序列中第b比特的取值确定。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n2th bit in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the value of the bth bit in the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,a根据如下至少一项确定:n1、参数m0、第一长度值。b根据如下至少一项确定:n1、参数m1、第一长度值。其中,参数m0表示生成第一子信号时第一m序列的循环偏移量,参数m1表示生成第二子信号时第二m序列的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, a is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 0 , and a first length value. b is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 1 , and a first length value. Parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset of a first m-sequence when generating a first sub-signal, and parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset of a second m-sequence when generating a second sub-signal.
其中,第一长度值为第一m序列的长度值,也即第二m序列的长度值。n大于或等于0且小于第一长度值。The first length value is the length value of the first m-sequence, that is, the length value of the second m-sequence. n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value.
在一些实施例中,a根据第一取模结果确定。第一取模结果为第一和值与第一长度值的取模结果。第一和值为n1与参数m0之和。In some embodiments, a is determined according to a first modulo result. The first modulo result is a modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value. The first sum value is the sum of n 1 and parameter m 0 .
在一些实施例中,b根据第二取模结果确定。第二取模结果为第二和值与第一长度值的取模结果。第二和值为n1与参数m1之和。In some embodiments, b is determined according to a second modulo result. The second modulo result is a modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value. The second sum value is the sum of n1 and parameter m1 .
在一些实施例中,第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素为第一差值,也可以理解为,第一子信号的序列中第n1比特的取值等于第一差值。第一差值为数值1与第二乘积之差,第二乘积为数值2与第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is the first difference, which can also be understood as the value of the n1th bit in the sequence of the first sub-signal is equal to the first difference. The first difference is the difference between the value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素为第二差值,也可以理解为,第二子信号的序列中第n2比特的取值等于第二差值。第二差值为数值1与第三乘积之差,第三乘积为数值2与第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is the second difference, which can also be understood as the value of the n2th bit in the sequence of the second sub-signal is equal to the second difference. The second difference is the difference between the value 1 and the third product, and the third product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
示例性的,第一子信号的序列可以表示为式(11),第二子信号的序列可以表示为式(12)。其中,dSS1(n1)表示第一子信号的序列,x0(n)表示生成该第一子信号的序列所采用的第一m序列。dSS2(n2)表示第二子信号的序列,x1(n)表示生成该第二子信号的序列所采用的第二m序列。L表示第一长度值。
dSS1(n1)=[1-2x0((n1+m0)mod L)] (11)
dSS2(n2)=[1-2x1((n1+m1)mod L)] (12)Exemplarily, the sequence of the first sub-signal can be expressed as formula (11), and the sequence of the second sub-signal can be expressed as formula (12). Wherein, d SS1 (n 1 ) represents the sequence of the first sub-signal, x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the sequence of the first sub-signal. d SS2 (n 2 ) represents the sequence of the second sub-signal, x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the sequence of the second sub-signal. L represents the first length value.
d SS1 (n 1 )=[1-2x 0 ((n 1 +m 0 )mod L)] (11)
d SS2 (n 2 )=[1-2x 1 ((n 1 +m 1 )mod L)] (12)
可选的,n2=n1+L,也就是说,第一m序列和第二m序列的编号是连续的。可选的,n2>n1+L,也就是说,第一m序列和第二m序列存在编号间隔。Optionally, n 2 =n 1 +L, that is, the numbers of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence are continuous. Optionally, n 2 >n 1 +L, that is, there is a numbering gap between the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,式(11)、式(12)适用于第一信号为经过BPSK调制得到的情况。In some embodiments, equations (11) and (12) are applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through BPSK modulation.
在一些实施例中,第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素为第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素,也可以理解为,第一子信号的序列中第n1比特的取值等于第一m序列中第a比特的取值。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n1th bit in the sequence of the first sub-signal is equal to the value of the ath bit in the first m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素为第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素,也可以理解为,第二子信号的序列中第n2比特的取值等于第二m序列中第b比特的取值。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence. It can also be understood that the value of the n2th bit in the sequence of the second sub-signal is equal to the value of the bth bit in the second m-sequence.
示例性的,第一子信号的序列可以表示为式(13),第二子信号的序列可以表示为式(14)。其中,dSS1(n1)表示第一子信号的序列,x0(n)表示生成该第一子信号的序列所采用的第一m序列。dSS2(n2)表示第二子信号的序列,x1(n)表示生成该第二子信号的序列所采用的第二m序列。L表示第一长度值。
dSS1(n1)=[x0((n1+m0)mod L)] (13)
dSS2(n2)=[x1((n1+m1)mod L)] (14)Exemplarily, the sequence of the first sub-signal can be expressed as formula (13), and the sequence of the second sub-signal can be expressed as formula (14). Wherein, d SS1 (n 1 ) represents the sequence of the first sub-signal, x 0 (n) represents the first m-sequence used to generate the sequence of the first sub-signal. d SS2 (n 2 ) represents the sequence of the second sub-signal, x 1 (n) represents the second m-sequence used to generate the sequence of the second sub-signal. L represents the first length value.
d SS1 (n 1 )=[x 0 ((n 1 +m 0 )mod L)] (13)
d SS2 (n 2 )=[x 1 ((n 1 +m 1 )mod L)] (14)
可选的,n2=n1+L,也就是说,第一m序列和第二m序列的编号是连续的。可选的,n2>n1+L,也就是说,第一m序列和第二m序列存在编号间隔。Optionally, n 2 =n 1 +L, that is, the numbers of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence are continuous. Optionally, n 2 >n 1 +L, that is, there is a numbering gap between the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,式(13)、式(14)适用于第一信号为经过OOK调制得到的情况。In some embodiments, equations (13) and (14) are applicable to the case where the first signal is obtained through OOK modulation.
参考图11所示实施例,参数m0、参数m1可以通过计算方式一确定,也可以通过计算方式二确定。Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , the parameter m 0 and the parameter m 1 may be determined by calculation method one or by calculation method two.
计算方式一:Calculation method 1:
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识与参数G的取模结果确定,参数m1根据第二子标识与参数F的取模结果确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter G, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and the parameter F.
在一些实施例中,参数m0等于第一子标识与参数G的取模结果,参数m1等于第二子标识与参数F的取模结果。也即, In some embodiments, parameter m0 is equal to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and parameter m1 is equal to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is,
在一些实施例中,参数m0等于第一子标识与参数G的取模结果的q1倍,参数m1等于q2倍的第二子标识与参数F的取模结果。也即,其中,q1为正整数,q2为正整数。In some embodiments, parameter m0 is equal to q1 times the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and parameter m1 is equal to q2 times the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F. That is, Among them, q1 is a positive integer and q2 is a positive integer.
可选的,参数G小于第一长度值,也即G<L。可选的,参数F小于第一长度值,也即F<L。Optionally, the parameter G is smaller than the first length value, that is, G<L. Optionally, the parameter F is smaller than the first length value, that is, F<L.
可选的,参数m0小于第一长度值,也即m0<L。可选的,参数m1小于第一长度值,也即m1<L。Optionally, the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 <L. Optionally, the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 <L.
在一些实施例中,参数G与参数F根据通信系统内的小区总数量S确定。In some embodiments, the parameters G and F are determined according to the total number S of cells in the communication system.
在一些实施例中,假设通信系统内的小区总数量为S,参数G与参数F的乘积等于S,也即G*F=S。也可以理解为,参数G与参数F是S的约数。示例性的,S=64,则G=8,F=8;或者,G=1,F=64;或者,G=2,F=32;或者,G=4,F=16;或者,G=1,F=64;或者,G=16,F=4;或者,G=32,F=2;或者,G=64,F=1。In some embodiments, assuming that the total number of cells in the communication system is S, the product of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, that is, G*F=S. It can also be understood that parameter G and parameter F are divisors of S. Exemplarily, S=64, then G=8, F=8; or, G=1, F=64; or, G=2, F=32; or, G=4, F=16; or, G=1, F=64; or, G=16, F=4; or, G=32, F=2; or, G=64, F=1.
在一些实施例中,参数G与参数F之和等于S,也即G+F=S。或者,参数G与参数F的乘积的整数倍等于S,等等。In some embodiments, the sum of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, that is, G+F=S. Alternatively, an integer multiple of the product of parameter G and parameter F is equal to S, and so on.
在一些实施例中,F=k,其中,1≤k≤S。In some embodiments, F=k, Among them, 1≤k≤S.
计算方式二:Calculation method 2:
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识和第二子标识确定,参数m1根据第一子标识确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier.
在一些实施例中,参数m0根据第一子标识与参数B的商数以及第二子标识确定,参数m1根据第一子标识与参数B的取模结果。In some embodiments, parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter B.
示例性的,可选的,B为正整数,f1为正整数,f2为正整数。可选的,可选的,B小于第一长度值,也即B<L。For example, Optional, B is a positive integer, f1 is a positive integer, and f2 is a positive integer. Optional, Optionally, B is smaller than the first length value, that is, B<L.
可选的,参数m0小于第一长度值,也即m0<L。可选的,参数m1小于第一长度值,也即m1<L。Optionally, the parameter m0 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m0 <L. Optionally, the parameter m1 is smaller than the first length value, that is, m1 <L.
根据上述式子可以看出,根据小区标识可以唯一确定出一对第一子标识和第二子标识,这一对第一子标识和第二子标识可以唯一确定出一对参数m0和参数m1。在根据前文所述的方式确定出目标gold序列族后,即可唯一确定出一对第一m序列和第二m序列。而在第一m序列、参数m0都唯一确定的情况下,就可以唯一生成第一子信号的序列。同理,在第二m序列、参数m1都唯一确定的情况下,自然可以唯一第二子信号的序列。唯一确定第一子信号与第二子信号后,即实现了小区标识与第一子信号+第二子信号之间的一一对应,也即实现了小区标识与第一信号之间的一一对应,从而支持终端设备根据第一信号实现对应小区的RRM测量、同步。It can be seen from the above formula that a pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can be uniquely determined according to the cell identifier, and this pair of first sub-identifier and second sub-identifier can uniquely determine a pair of parameters m0 and m1 . After determining the target gold sequence family according to the method described above, a pair of first m-sequence and second m-sequence can be uniquely determined. When the first m-sequence and parameter m0 are uniquely determined, the sequence of the first sub-signal can be uniquely generated. Similarly, when the second m-sequence and parameter m1 are uniquely determined, the sequence of the second sub -signal can naturally be unique. After the first sub-signal and the second sub-signal are uniquely determined, a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the first sub-signal + the second sub-signal is realized, that is, a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the first sub-signal + the second sub-signal is realized, thereby supporting the terminal device to implement RRM measurement and synchronization of the corresponding cell according to the first signal.
由于第一子信号和第二子信号分别携带了一部分小区标识的信息,第一子信号和第二子信号的组合与小区标识是一一对应的。Since the first sub-signal and the second sub-signal respectively carry part of the information of the cell identifier, the combination of the first sub-signal and the second sub-signal has a one-to-one correspondence with the cell identifier.
根据前文可知,若系统内存在S个小区标识,就需要设计S种第一信号来与S个小区一一对应。若采用前文所述的第一信号由一个gold序列生成或由一个m序列生成的方案,显然,需要S个gold序列或S个m序列才能实现。那也就意味着UE可能需要检测S次序列。As can be seen from the above, if there are S cell identifiers in the system, S first signals need to be designed to correspond to the S cells one by one. If the solution described above in which the first signal is generated by a gold sequence or an m sequence is adopted, it is obvious that S gold sequences or S m sequences are required to achieve this. That means that the UE may need to detect S sub-sequences.
但是,本申请实施例通过两个m序列的组合来生成一个第一信号,假设其中一个m序列的数量为Z1,另一个m序列的数量为Z2,那么,只需满足Z1*Z2=S,就能产生S种第一信号来与S个小区一一对应。由于只存在Z1个第一m序列和Z2个第二m序列,UE最多也只需检测Z1+Z2次序列。However, the embodiment of the present application generates a first signal by combining two m-sequences. Assuming that the number of one m-sequence is Z 1 and the number of the other m-sequence is Z 2 , then, as long as Z 1 *Z 2 =S is satisfied, S first signals can be generated to correspond one-to-one with S cells. Since there are only Z 1 first m-sequences and Z 2 second m-sequences, the UE only needs to detect Z 1 +Z 2 sequences at most.
以S=1008为例,若Z1*Z2=S,则Z1、Z2为S的约数,假设Z1=3,Z2=336,那UE最多也只需检测336+3=339次序列,远小于1008,大大减少了检测次数,显著降低了UE的功耗。Taking S=1008 as an example, if Z 1 *Z 2 =S, then Z 1 and Z 2 are divisors of S. Assuming Z 1 =3, Z 2 =336, the UE only needs to detect 336+3=339 sequences at most, which is much less than 1008, greatly reducing the number of detections and significantly reducing the power consumption of the UE.
进一步地,根据数学原理可以理解,Z1与Z2的取值越接近,Z1与Z2之和就越小。示例性的,Z1=36,Z2=28,则UE最多只需检测64次,远远小于339次和1008次。因此,考虑到节能效果,还可以进一步地设计取值比较接近的Z1与Z2,显著降低UE的功耗。 Furthermore, according to mathematical principles, the closer the values of Z 1 and Z 2 are, the smaller the sum of Z 1 and Z 2 is. For example, Z 1 = 36, Z 2 = 28, then the UE only needs to detect 64 times at most, which is much less than 339 times and 1008 times. Therefore, considering the energy saving effect, Z 1 and Z 2 can be further designed to have relatively close values, which can significantly reduce the power consumption of the UE.
其中,Z1与Z2的取值可以分别根据参数m0、参数m1得到。参数m0、参数m1分别表示第一m序列和第二m序列在生成第一信号时的循环偏移量,因此,通过对参数m0、参数m1的设计,即可确定第一m序列的数量Z1和第二m序列的数量Z2。而参数m0、参数m1又可以通过参数G、F、B、q1、q2、f1、f2等参数中的一项或多项调整,具体请参考上述计算方式一、计算方式二。Among them, the values of Z 1 and Z 2 can be obtained according to the parameters m 0 and m 1 , respectively. The parameters m 0 and m 1 respectively represent the cyclic offsets of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence when generating the first signal. Therefore, by designing the parameters m 0 and m 1 , the number of the first m-sequence Z 1 and the number of the second m-sequence Z 2 can be determined. The parameters m 0 and m 1 can be adjusted by one or more of the parameters G, F, B, q 1 , q 2 , f 1 , f 2 , etc. For details, please refer to the above calculation method 1 and calculation method 2.
示例1:假设小区ID的总数目为S=1008个,这1008个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至1007。假设参数G与参数F是S的约数,比如,G=56,F=18。假设n2=n1+L,第一子信号的序列长度=第二子信号的序列长度=L=63,k=3。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识移位寄存器级数为r时的m序列优选对数量M=2,那么,此时的第一m序列x0(n)和第二m序列x1(n)对应M个gold序列族中编号为15的gold序列族。Example 1: Assume that the total number of cell IDs is S = 1008, and the numbering or indexing of these 1008 cells ranges from 0 to 1007. Assume that parameters G and F are divisors of S, for example, G = 56, F = 18. Assume that n 2 = n 1 + L, the sequence length of the first sub-signal = the sequence length of the second sub-signal = L = 63, k = 3. Assume that the cell ID corresponding to the first signal sent this time is When the number of shift registers is r, the optimal number of m-sequence pairs is M = 2, then, At this time, the first m-sequence x 0 (n) and the second m-sequence x 1 (n) correspond to the gold sequence family numbered 15 among the M gold sequence families.
根据可以得到 according to Can get
根据 according to
那么,dSS1(n1)=[x0((n1+10)mod 63)],dSS2(n2)=dSS2(n1+63)=[x1((n1+0)mod 63)],0≤n1<63。Then, dSS1 ( n1 )=[ x0 (( n1 +10)mod63)], dSS2 ( n2 )= dSS2 ( n1 +63)=[ x1 (( n1 +0)mod63)], 0≤n1 <63.
示例2:假设小区ID的总数目为S=1008个,这1008个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至1007。假设参数G与参数F是S的约数,比如,G=56,F=18,q1=2,q2=1。假设n2=n1+L,第一子信号的序列长度=第二子信号的序列长度=L=63,k=3。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识 Example 2: Assume that the total number of cell IDs is S = 1008, and the numbering or indexing of these 1008 cells ranges from 0 to 1007. Assume that parameters G and F are divisors of S, for example, G = 56, F = 18, q 1 = 2, q 2 = 1. Assume that n 2 = n 1 + L, the sequence length of the first sub-signal = the sequence length of the second sub-signal = L = 63, k = 3. Assume that the cell ID corresponding to the first signal sent this time is
根据可以得到 according to Can get
根据 according to
那么,dSS1(n1)=[x0((n1+20)mod 63)],dSS2(n2)=dSS2(n1+63)=[x1((n1+1)mod 63)],0≤n1<63。Then, dSS1 ( n1 )=[ x0 (( n1 +20)mod63)], dSS2 ( n2 )= dSS2 ( n1 +63)=[ x1 (( n1 +1)mod63)], 0≤n1 <63.
示例3:假设小区ID的总数目为S=1008个,这1008个小区的编号或索引的取值范围为0至1007。假设n2=n1+L,第一子信号的序列长度=第二子信号的序列长度=L=63,f1=10,f2=4,B=20,k=3。假设本次发送的第一信号对应的小区标识 Example 3: Assume that the total number of cell IDs is S = 1008, and the numbering or indexing of these 1008 cells ranges from 0 to 1007. Assume that n 2 = n 1 + L, the sequence length of the first sub-signal = the sequence length of the second sub-signal = L = 63, f 1 = 10, f 2 = 4, B = 20, k = 3. Assume that the cell ID corresponding to the first signal sent this time is
根据可以得到 according to Can get
根据 according to
那么,dSS1(n1)=[x0((n1+14)mod 63)],dSS2(n2)=dSS2(n1+63)=[x1((n1+17)mod 63)],0≤n1<63。Then, dSS1 ( n1 )=[ x0 (( n1 +14)mod63)], dSS2 ( n2 )= dSS2 ( n1 +63)=[ x1 (( n1 +17)mod63)], 0≤n1 <63.
在一些实施例中,网络设备发送如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the network device sends at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,通过m序列为发送同步信号、测量信号提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于m序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过m序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。通过两个m序列生成第一信号的设计,使得两个m序列分别承载一部分小区标识的信息,能够大幅度减少终端设备需要检测的第一信号数量。并且,通过对m序列优选对的循环移位,可以获得海量的gold序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的gold序列来生成第一信号。并且,通过两个二进制序列生成第一信号,使得终端设备检测第一信号的复杂度大大降低,显著减小了同步信号、测量信号的检测次数,进一步实现了终端设备的节能。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through an m-sequence. Since the m-sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the m-sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. The design of generating the first signal by two m-sequences allows the two m-sequences to respectively carry part of the information of the cell identification, which can greatly reduce the number of first signals that the terminal device needs to detect. In addition, by cyclically shifting the preferred pair of m-sequences, a large number of gold sequences can be obtained, which can provide available gold sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal. In addition, by generating the first signal through two binary sequences, the complexity of the terminal device detecting the first signal is greatly reduced, the number of detection times of the synchronization signal and the measurement signal is significantly reduced, and the energy saving of the terminal device is further achieved.
图11、图12、图14示出的第一信号,可以是周期性发送的,也可以是非周期性发送的。The first signal shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 , and FIG. 14 may be sent periodically or non-periodically.
在一些实施例中,网络设备在信道内按照第一信号的序列、调制方式、序列长度、循环偏移量等参数,发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the network device sends the first signal in the channel according to the sequence, modulation method, sequence length, cyclic offset and other parameters of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,若二进制序列的长度为L,二进制序列经过调制后,对应L个调制符号。In some embodiments, if the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence corresponds to L modulation symbols after being modulated.
在一些实施例中,若第一信号由两个二进制序列生成,其中每个二进制序列的长度为L,两个二进制序列经过调制后,分别对应L个调制符号。In some embodiments, if the first signal is generated by two binary sequences, wherein the length of each binary sequence is L, the two binary sequences respectively correspond to L modulation symbols after being modulated.
在一些实施例中,第一信号为时域信号。可选的,第一信号占用的时域资源为连续的或不连续的。也可以理解为,第一信号占用的时域单元,是二进制序列经过调制后映射的连续的时域单元,或者,是二进制序列经过调制后映射的不连续的时域单元。In some embodiments, the first signal is a time domain signal. Optionally, the time domain resource occupied by the first signal is continuous or discontinuous. It can also be understood that the time domain unit occupied by the first signal is a continuous time domain unit mapped after the binary sequence is modulated, or a discontinuous time domain unit mapped after the binary sequence is modulated.
本申请中,时域单元包括如下至少一种:帧(Frame)、子帧(Subframe)、时隙(Slot)、迷你时隙(Mini-Slot)、子时隙、符号(Symbol)、符号组、基于其它时域单位的时域单元。In the present application, the time domain unit includes at least one of the following: frame, subframe, slot, mini-slot, sub-slot, symbol, symbol group, and time domain unit based on other time domain units.
示例性的,图11、图12所示的实施例中,当二进制序列的长度为L时,将二进制序列经过调制后映 射一组连续或不连续的时域单元上,也即,L个调制符号映射到一组连续或不连续的时域单元上。For example, in the embodiments shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, when the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence is modulated and mapped to The L modulation symbols are mapped to a group of continuous or discontinuous time domain units, that is, the L modulation symbols are mapped to a group of continuous or discontinuous time domain units.
示例性的,图14所示的实施例中,当第一信号由两个二进制序列生成,其中每个二进制序列的长度为L时,将两个二进制序列调制后分别映射到两段时域资源上,每段时域资源包括一组时域单元,也即,2*L个调制符号映射到两组时域单元上。可选的,这两段时域资源之间存在时域间隔或不存在时域间隔。可选的,每组时域单元为连续的或不连续的。Exemplarily, in the embodiment shown in FIG14, when the first signal is generated by two binary sequences, wherein the length of each binary sequence is L, the two binary sequences are modulated and mapped to two time domain resources respectively, each time domain resource includes a group of time domain units, that is, 2*L modulation symbols are mapped to two groups of time domain units. Optionally, there is a time domain interval between the two time domain resources or there is no time domain interval. Optionally, each group of time domain units is continuous or discontinuous.
示例性的,两段时域资源占用的时域单元完全相同或部分重叠。以时域单元包括子帧为例,两个二进制序列在时域上对应的子帧相同或部分重叠,如图15的(a)所示,二进制序列A和二进制序列B占用的时域资源都包括子帧2。以时域单元包括时隙为例,两个二进制序列在时域上对应的时隙相同或部分重叠,如图15的(b)所示,二进制序列A和二进制序列B占用的时域资源都包括时隙3。以时域单元包括符号为例,两个二进制序列在时域上对应的符号不同,如图15的(c)所示,二进制序列A和二进制序列B占用的符号不同。Exemplarily, the time domain units occupied by two time domain resources are exactly the same or partially overlapped. Taking the time domain unit including subframes as an example, the subframes corresponding to the two binary sequences in the time domain are the same or partially overlapped, as shown in (a) of Figure 15, the time domain resources occupied by binary sequence A and binary sequence B both include subframe 2. Taking the time domain unit including time slots as an example, the time slots corresponding to the two binary sequences in the time domain are the same or partially overlapped, as shown in (b) of Figure 15, the time domain resources occupied by binary sequence A and binary sequence B both include time slot 3. Taking the time domain unit including symbols as an example, the symbols corresponding to the two binary sequences in the time domain are different, as shown in (c) of Figure 15, the symbols occupied by binary sequence A and binary sequence B are different.
示例性的,将第一信号划分成多个分段,每个分段分别在时域上占用一段时域资源。可选的,多段时域资源之间存在时域间隔或不存在时域间隔。可选的,每段时域资源包括连续的时域单元或不连续的时域单元。Exemplarily, the first signal is divided into a plurality of segments, each segment occupies a time domain resource in the time domain. Optionally, there is a time domain interval or no time domain interval between the plurality of time domain resources. Optionally, each time domain resource includes a continuous time domain unit or a discontinuous time domain unit.
图11、图12、图14示出的第一信号的调制方式包括如下至少之一:OOK调制;PSK调制;BPSK调制;FSK调制。The modulation method of the first signal shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 , and FIG. 14 includes at least one of the following: OOK modulation; PSK modulation; BPSK modulation; FSK modulation.
假设调制方式为PSK调制,那么,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”、“0”的序列元素分别对应PSK序列中的相位连续(+1)、相位跳变(0或-1)。比如,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应PSK序列中的相位连续(+1),第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应PSK序列中的相位跳变(0或-1);或者,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应PSK序列中的相位跳变(0或-1),第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应PSK序列中的相位连续(+1)。Assuming that the modulation mode is PSK modulation, then the sequence elements with values of "1" and "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase continuity (+1) and phase jump (0 or -1) in the PSK sequence, respectively. For example, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase continuity (+1) in the PSK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase jump (0 or -1) in the PSK sequence; or, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase jump (0 or -1) in the PSK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to phase continuity (+1) in the PSK sequence.
假设调制方式为BPSK调制,那么,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”、“0”的序列元素分别对应BPSK序列中的正电平(+1)、负电平(-1)。比如,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应BPSK序列中的正电平(+1),第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应BPSK序列中的负电平(-1);或者,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应BPSK序列中的负电平(-1),第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应BPSK序列中的正电平(+1)。Assuming that the modulation mode is BPSK modulation, then the sequence elements with values of "1" and "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the positive level (+1) and the negative level (-1) in the BPSK sequence, respectively. For example, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the positive level (+1) in the BPSK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the negative level (-1) in the BPSK sequence; or, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the negative level (-1) in the BPSK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the positive level (+1) in the BPSK sequence.
假设调制方式为FSK调制,那么,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”、“0”的序列元素分别对应FSK序列的两种载波频率。比如,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应FSK序列的载波频率1,第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应FSK序列的载波频率0;或者,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应FSK序列的载波频率0,第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应FSK序列的载波频率1。Assuming that the modulation mode is FSK modulation, then the sequence elements with values of "1" and "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to two carrier frequencies of the FSK sequence. For example, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 1 of the FSK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 0 of the FSK sequence; or, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 0 of the FSK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the carrier frequency 1 of the FSK sequence.
假设调制方式为OOK调制,那么,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”、“0”的序列元素分别对应OOK序列中的高电平、低电平。比如,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应OOK序列中的高电平,第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应OOK序列中的低电平;或者,第一信号的序列中取值为“1”的序列元素对应OOK序列中的低电平,第一信号的序列中取值为“0”的序列元素对应OOK序列中的高电平。Assuming that the modulation mode is OOK modulation, then the sequence elements with values of "1" and "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the high level and low level in the OOK sequence, respectively. For example, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the high level in the OOK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the low level in the OOK sequence; or, the sequence elements with values of "1" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the low level in the OOK sequence, and the sequence elements with values of "0" in the sequence of the first signal correspond to the high level in the OOK sequence.
在一些实施例中,网络设备具备OFDM发射机,或者在OFDM载波以带内(In-Band)的方式发送第一信号的情况,可以考虑使用OFDM的波形发射第一信号。In some embodiments, the network device has an OFDM transmitter, or when the OFDM carrier sends the first signal in an in-band manner, it can be considered to use an OFDM waveform to transmit the first signal.
以OOK调制为例,图11、图12、图14示出的第一信号可以是基于OOK-1方式映射的时域信号,图11、图12、图14示出的第一信号也可以是基于OOK-4方式映射的时域信号。Taking OOK modulation as an example, the first signal shown in Figures 11, 12, and 14 can be a time domain signal mapped based on the OOK-1 method, and the first signal shown in Figures 11, 12, and 14 can also be a time domain signal mapped based on the OOK-4 method.
OOK-1方式:OOK-1 method:
假设第一信号的序列为二进制序列经过OOK调制得到的OOK序列。当使用OFDM发射机发射OOK序列时,一个OFDM符号上映射一个OOK符号。该OFDM符号上在频率域映射为全1(或其他非0数值)表示该OFDM符号上传输OOK的高电平信号(高电平可以是表示1或0,取决于定义或约定),该OFDM符号上在频率域映射为全0表示该OFDM符号上传输OOK的低电平信号(低电平可以是表示0或1,取决于定义或约定)。Assume that the sequence of the first signal is an OOK sequence obtained by OOK modulation of a binary sequence. When an OFDM transmitter is used to transmit an OOK sequence, an OOK symbol is mapped on an OFDM symbol. The OFDM symbol is mapped to all 1s (or other non-zero values) in the frequency domain to indicate that a high-level signal of OOK is transmitted on the OFDM symbol (the high level may represent 1 or 0, depending on the definition or convention), and the OFDM symbol is mapped to all 0s in the frequency domain to indicate that a low-level signal of OOK is transmitted on the OFDM symbol (the low level may represent 0 or 1, depending on the definition or convention).
示例性的,如图16所示,OOK-1方式中,OFDM符号和OOK符号一一对应,也即,每个OFDM符号承载1比特。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 16 , in the OOK-1 mode, OFDM symbols and OOK symbols correspond one to one, that is, each OFDM symbol carries 1 bit.
通过OOK-1方式进行映射时,若二进制序列的长度为L,将二进制序列经过调制后映射到L个OFDM符号上。也即,L个OOK符号映射到L个OFDM符号上。其中,这L个OFDM符号为连续的或不连续的。When mapping is performed in OOK-1 mode, if the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence is modulated and mapped to L OFDM symbols. That is, L OOK symbols are mapped to L OFDM symbols. The L OFDM symbols are continuous or discontinuous.
OOK-4方式:OOK-4 method:
图17所示,假设第一信号的序列为二进制序列经过OOK调制得到的OOK序列,OOK序列共包括M1个比特。M1个比特经过k1上采样后产生长为k1M1的序列,该序列经过离散傅里叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform,DFT)变换为后映射到k1M1个资源元素(Resource Element,RE)上,与其他频域上的OFDM信号(若有)在频域上复用,然后在经过离散傅里叶逆变换(Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform,IDFT)变换到时域上,经过滤波成形,最后通过发射机发出。可见,OOK-4方式中,一个OFDM符号上可以映射M1个OOK符号,也即,每个OFDM符号承载M1比特。As shown in FIG17 , it is assumed that the sequence of the first signal is an OOK sequence obtained by OOK modulation of a binary sequence, and the OOK sequence includes M 1 bits in total. The M 1 bits are upsampled by k 1 to generate a sequence of length k 1 M 1 , which is transformed by discrete Fourier transform (Discrete Fourier After being transformed by discrete Fourier transform (DFT), it is mapped to k 1 M 1 resource elements (RE), multiplexed with other OFDM signals (if any) in the frequency domain, and then transformed to the time domain by inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), filtered and shaped, and finally sent out by the transmitter. It can be seen that in the OOK-4 mode, M 1 OOK symbols can be mapped to one OFDM symbol, that is, each OFDM symbol carries M 1 bits.
通过OOK-4方式进行映射时,若二进制序列的长度为L,将二进制序列经过调制后映射到个OFDM符号上。也即,L个OOK符号映射到个OFDM符号上,每个OFDM符号承载M1比特。其中,这个OFDM符号为连续的或不连续的。When mapping through OOK-4, if the length of the binary sequence is L, the binary sequence is modulated and mapped to OFDM symbols. That is, L OOK symbols are mapped to OFDM symbols, each OFDM symbol carries M 1 bits. OFDM symbols may be continuous or non-continuous.
进一步地,以一个时隙包括14个符号为例,若那么,这个OFDM符号可以位于一个时隙内,也可以位于多个不同的时隙内。以个OFDM符号可以位于一个时隙内为例,这个OFDM符号是一个时隙的前个符号,或是一个时隙的后个符号,或是一个时隙的中间个符号,或是一个时隙内不连续的个符号。Further, taking a time slot including 14 symbols as an example, if So, this An OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot or in multiple different time slots. For example, an OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot. An OFDM symbol is the first symbols, or the end of a time slot symbols, or the middle of a time slot symbols, or discontinuous symbol.
以一个时隙包括14个符号为例,若那么,这个OFDM符号可以位于多个不同的时隙内。这多个不同的时隙可以属于同一子帧,或不同子帧。这多个时隙是相邻的或不相邻的。Take a time slot including 14 symbols as an example. So, this An OFDM symbol may be located in multiple different time slots. The multiple different time slots may belong to the same subframe or different subframes. The multiple time slots may be adjacent or non-adjacent.
通过OOK-4方式进行映射时,若第一信号由两个二进制序列生成,其中两个二进制序列的长度分别为L1、L2时,L1个OOK符号映射到个OFDM符号,L2个OOK符号映射到个OFDM符号。其中,个OFDM符号与个OFDM符号之间存在时域间隔或不存在时域间隔。个OFDM符号为连续的或不连续的,个OFDM符号为连续的或不连续的。When mapping is performed by OOK-4, if the first signal is generated by two binary sequences, where the lengths of the two binary sequences are L 1 and L 2 respectively, L 1 OOK symbols are mapped to OFDM symbols, L 2 OOK symbols are mapped to OFDM symbols. OFDM symbols and There may be or may not be a time domain gap between OFDM symbols. OFDM symbols are continuous or discontinuous. OFDM symbols may be continuous or non-continuous.
进一步地,以一个时隙包括14个符号为例,若那么,这个OFDM符号可以位于一个时隙内,也可以位于多个不同的时隙内。以个OFDM符号可以位于一个时隙内为例,这个OFDM符号是一个时隙的前个符号,或是一个时隙的后个符号,或是一个时隙的中间个符号,或是一个时隙内不连续的个符号。Further, taking a time slot including 14 symbols as an example, if So, this An OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot or in multiple different time slots. For example, an OFDM symbol can be located in one time slot. An OFDM symbol is the first symbols, or the end of a time slot symbols, or the middle of a time slot symbols, or discontinuous symbol.
以一个时隙包括14个符号为例,若那么,这个OFDM符号可以位于多个不同的时隙内。这多个不同的时隙可以属于同一子帧,或不同子帧。这多个时隙是相邻的或不相邻的。Take a time slot including 14 symbols as an example. So, this An OFDM symbol may be located in multiple different time slots. The multiple different time slots may belong to the same subframe or different subframes. The multiple time slots may be adjacent or non-adjacent.
在一些实施例中,图11、图12、图14示出的第一信号为经过加扰处理的序列。In some embodiments, the first signal shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 , and FIG. 14 is a scrambled sequence.
在一些实施例中,二进制序列经过调制后,继续进行加扰后得到第一信号。示例性的,加扰序列为如下至少之一:ZC序列、QPSK序列、QAM序列。比如,二进制序列经过调制后得到OOK序列,OOK序列与用于加扰的ZC序列点对点相乘,得到第一信号。In some embodiments, after the binary sequence is modulated, it is further scrambled to obtain the first signal. Exemplarily, the scrambling sequence is at least one of the following: a ZC sequence, a QPSK sequence, and a QAM sequence. For example, after the binary sequence is modulated, an OOK sequence is obtained, and the OOK sequence is point-to-point multiplied with the ZC sequence used for scrambling to obtain the first signal.
经过加扰后,可以平坦化频谱或功率谱。加扰处理能够避免第一信号的能量分布集中在带宽中央,使得第一信号在频域上的能量分布更为均匀,由此可以更好地对抗频率选择性衰落。After scrambling, the spectrum or power spectrum can be flattened. Scrambling can prevent the energy distribution of the first signal from being concentrated in the center of the bandwidth, making the energy distribution of the first signal in the frequency domain more uniform, thereby better combating frequency selective fading.
在一些实施例中,二进制序列与加扰序列的长度相等或不相等。若加扰序列的长度长于二进制序列的长度,则可以截短加扰序列来进行点对点相乘。若加扰序列的长度小于二进制序列的长度,则可以将加扰序列重复若干次来进行点对点相乘。In some embodiments, the length of the binary sequence is equal to or unequal to the length of the scrambling sequence. If the length of the scrambling sequence is longer than the length of the binary sequence, the scrambling sequence may be truncated for point-to-point multiplication. If the length of the scrambling sequence is less than the length of the binary sequence, the scrambling sequence may be repeated several times for point-to-point multiplication.
图18示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由终端设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 18 is a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, the method being executed by a terminal device, and the method comprising:
步骤1810:接收第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于二进制序列生成。Step 1810: Receive a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence.
其中,第一信号也可以称为如下至少之一:第一测量信号、第一参考信号、LP-SS、LP-RS。The first signal may also be referred to as at least one of the following: a first measurement signal, a first reference signal, LP-SS, and LP-RS.
二进制序列只包括两种取值的序列元素,因此,第一信号的序列也只包括两种取值的序列元素。示例性的,第一信号的序列只包括“0”和“1”,或,第一信号的序列只包括“+1”和“-1”。The binary sequence includes only two sequence elements with different values, so the sequence of the first signal also includes only two sequence elements with different values. Exemplarily, the sequence of the first signal includes only "0" and "1", or the sequence of the first signal includes only "+1" and "-1".
在一些实施例中,第一信号根据如下至少之一生成:m序列;gold序列;Walsh序列。In some embodiments, the first signal is generated according to at least one of: an m-sequence; a gold sequence; a Walsh sequence.
在一些实施例中,第一信号的调制方式包括如下至少之一:OOK调制;PSK调制;BPSK调制;FSK调制。In some embodiments, the modulation method of the first signal includes at least one of the following: OOK modulation; PSK modulation; BPSK modulation; FSK modulation.
需要注意的是,本申请提供的二进制序列的类型并不仅限于m序列、gold序列和Walsh序列,其它二进制序列或序列特性与二进制序列类似的其它序列同样适用于本申请实施例提供的方法。It should be noted that the types of binary sequences provided in the present application are not limited to m-sequences, gold sequences and Walsh sequences. Other binary sequences or other sequences with sequence characteristics similar to binary sequences are also applicable to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
执行步骤1810的终端设备,可以是如图1所示的终端设备120或终端设备130,也可以是如图2所示的属于低功耗设备的终端设备140(其中可以包含低功耗接收机),也可以是如图6所示的包含WUR的终端设备,还可以是在毫米波频段工作的终端设备,等等。The terminal device that executes step 1810 may be the terminal device 120 or the terminal device 130 as shown in FIG1 , or may be the terminal device 140 that is a low-power device as shown in FIG2 (which may include a low-power receiver), or may be a terminal device including WUR as shown in FIG6 , or may be a terminal device that operates in the millimeter wave frequency band, and so on.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,由于第一信号根据二进制序列生成,十分容易与OOK波形、 PSK波形、FSK波形等非OFDM波形相结合,为一些难以采用OFDM波形的通信场景提供了传输同步信号、测量信号的可能性,为下行同步、RRM测量提供了新的可行方案。若第一信号的接收端为低功耗设备、包含WUR的终端设备,则可以在保持低复杂度、低功耗的良好特性下,实现下行同步、RRM测量。若第一信号的接收端为工作在毫米波频段的终端设备,第一信号具有生成简单、易于实现、节省功耗等优势,结合毫米波传输可靠性高、波束窄等特点,第一信号能够满足毫米波频段的下行同步、RRM测量等需求。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application is very easy to be combined with the OOK waveform, because the first signal is generated according to the binary sequence. The combination of non-OFDM waveforms such as PSK waveform and FSK waveform provides the possibility of transmitting synchronization signals and measurement signals for some communication scenarios where OFDM waveforms are difficult to use, and provides a new feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. If the receiving end of the first signal is a low-power device or a terminal device including WUR, downlink synchronization and RRM measurement can be achieved while maintaining the good characteristics of low complexity and low power consumption. If the receiving end of the first signal is a terminal device operating in the millimeter wave frequency band, the first signal has the advantages of simple generation, easy implementation, and power saving. Combined with the characteristics of high reliability and narrow beam of millimeter wave transmission, the first signal can meet the needs of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement in the millimeter wave frequency band.
图19示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由终端设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, the method being executed by a terminal device, and the method comprising:
步骤1910:接收第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于gold序列生成。Step 1910: Receive a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on a gold sequence.
gold序列、第一信号的相关内容可参考步骤1110,此处不再赘述。For the relevant contents of the gold sequence and the first signal, please refer to step 1110 and will not be repeated here.
需要注意的是,终端设备为了准确接收、检测第一信号,也应该在相应地确定出每个小区对应的第一信号。具体来说,由于振荡器不匹配、多普勒频移、噪声干扰等原因,从发送端发出的第一信号与到达接收端的第一信号,难免会在时域、频域上产生偏差,为保障第一信号的检测结果具有较高的准确性,终端设备需要将接收到的第一信号与本地的第一信号进行相关检测,获取时钟信息和/或频偏估计结果,根据时钟信息对接收到的第一信号进行时域上的校准,根据频偏估计结果对接收到的第一信号进行频域上的校准,以便于准确检测第一信号。而检测过程中需要使用的本地的第一信号,就应该由终端设备本地生成。It should be noted that in order to accurately receive and detect the first signal, the terminal device should also determine the first signal corresponding to each cell accordingly. Specifically, due to oscillator mismatch, Doppler frequency shift, noise interference and other reasons, the first signal sent from the transmitter and the first signal arriving at the receiver will inevitably produce deviations in the time domain and frequency domain. In order to ensure that the detection result of the first signal has a high accuracy, the terminal device needs to perform correlation detection on the received first signal and the local first signal, obtain clock information and/or frequency deviation estimation results, calibrate the received first signal in the time domain according to the clock information, and calibrate the received first signal in the frequency domain according to the frequency deviation estimation results, so as to accurately detect the first signal. The local first signal required for the detection process should be generated locally by the terminal device.
图11示出的根据gold序列生成第一信号的方式,同样适用于终端设备。也就是说,网络设备和终端设备应当分别确定用于生成第一信号的gold序列。The method of generating the first signal according to the gold sequence shown in Figure 11 is also applicable to the terminal device. That is, the network device and the terminal device should respectively determine the gold sequence for generating the first signal.
不论网络设备和终端设备在确定同一个小区对应的第一信号所采用的方式是否完全相同,网络设备确定和终端设备为同一个小区生成的第一信号都应该是相同的,这样才能保证终端设备在接收到第一信号后,能明确该第一信号对应哪个小区。Regardless of whether the methods used by the network device and the terminal device to determine the first signal corresponding to the same cell are exactly the same, the first signal determined by the network device and generated by the terminal device for the same cell should be the same. This can ensure that after receiving the first signal, the terminal device can clearly identify which cell the first signal corresponds to.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据如下至少之一确定目标gold序列族的编号:小区标识、ISS、第一起始值e、Q、M个gold序列族的编号顺序。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines the number of the target gold sequence family according to at least one of the following: a cell identifier, I SS , a first starting value e, Q, and a numbering order of the M gold sequence families.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据如下至少之一确定M个gold序列族的编号顺序:m序列优选对的编号、级数r、gold序列族内的gold序列数量、gold序列族内的gold序列长度、gold序列族的编号、gold序列族内的gold序列编号、对应的m序列的编号、对应的m序列的编号顺序、对应的本原多项式系数、对应的本原多项式系数的二进制数、循环偏移量。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines the numbering order of M gold sequence families according to at least one of the following: the number of the m-sequence preferred pair, the level r, the number of gold sequences in the gold sequence family, the length of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence family, the number of the gold sequence in the gold sequence family, the number of the corresponding m-sequence, the numbering order of the corresponding m-sequence, the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, the binary number of the corresponding primitive polynomial coefficient, and the cyclic offset.
在一些实施例中,终端设备确定参数m0,也即生成目标gold序列时第一m序列的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines a parameter m 0 , that is, a cyclic offset of the first m sequence when generating a target gold sequence.
在一些实施例中,终端设备确定参数m1,也即生成目标gold序列时第二m序列的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines a parameter m 1 , that is, a cyclic offset of the second m-sequence when generating a target gold sequence.
在一些实施例中,终端设备接收如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the terminal device receives at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence within the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,通过gold序列为发送同步信号、测量信号提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于gold序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过gold序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through a gold sequence. Since the gold sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement.
并且,通过对m序列优选对的循环移位,可以获得海量的gold序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的gold序列来生成第一信号。Furthermore, a large number of gold sequences can be obtained by cyclically shifting the preferred pair of m sequences, and available gold sequences can be provided for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
图20示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图,该方法由终端设备执行,该方法包括:FIG. 20 shows a schematic flow chart of a signal transmission method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, the method being executed by a terminal device, and the method comprising:
步骤2010:接收第一信号,第一信号用于RRM测量和/或下行同步,第一信号基于m序列生成。Step 2010: Receive a first signal, where the first signal is used for RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization, and the first signal is generated based on an m-sequence.
m序列、第一信号的相关内容可参考步骤1210、步骤1410,此处不再赘述。For the relevant contents of the m-sequence and the first signal, reference may be made to step 1210 and step 1410, which will not be described in detail here.
需要注意的是,终端设备为了准确接收、检测第一信号,也应该在相应地确定出每个小区对应的第一信号。此处原因可参考步骤1910,不再赘述。It should be noted that, in order to accurately receive and detect the first signal, the terminal device should also determine the first signal corresponding to each cell accordingly. The reason here can be referred to step 1910, which will not be repeated here.
图12、图14示出的根据m序列生成第一信号的方式,同样适用于终端设备。也就是说,网络设备和终端设备应当分别确定用于生成第一信号的m序列。The manner of generating the first signal according to the m-sequence shown in Figures 12 and 14 is also applicable to the terminal device. That is, the network device and the terminal device should respectively determine the m-sequence for generating the first signal.
不论网络设备和终端设备在确定同一个小区对应的第一信号所采用的方式是否完全相同,网络设备确定和终端设备为同一个小区生成的第一信号都应该是相同的,这样才能保证终端设备在接收到第一信号后,能明确该第一信号对应哪个小区。Regardless of whether the methods used by the network device and the terminal device to determine the first signal corresponding to the same cell are exactly the same, the first signal determined by the network device and generated by the terminal device for the same cell should be the same. This can ensure that after receiving the first signal, the terminal device can clearly identify which cell the first signal corresponds to.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据如下至少之一确定目标gold序列族的编号:小区标识、ISS、第一起始值e、Q、M个gold序列族的编号顺序。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines the number of the target gold sequence family according to at least one of the following: a cell identifier, I SS , a first starting value e, Q, and a numbering order of the M gold sequence families.
在一些实施例中,终端设备确定根据移位寄存器级数确定m序列集合内的m序列数量。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines the number of m-sequences in the m-sequence set according to the number of shift register stages.
在一些实施例中,终端设备确定m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序。 In some embodiments, the terminal device determines the numbering order of the m-sequences within the m-sequence set.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据小区标识确定目标m序列。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines the target m-sequence based on the cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,终端设备接收如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the terminal device receives at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence within the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,通过m序列为发送同步信号、测量信号提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于m序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过gold序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。并且,通过构建m序列集合,可以获得海量的m序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的m序列来生成第一信号。In summary, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through an m-sequence. Since the m-sequence has good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. In addition, by constructing an m-sequence set, a large number of m-sequences can be obtained, which can provide available m-sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
图21示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构框图,该装置可以实现成为如图10或图11或图12或图14所示的网络设备,或实现成为如图10或图11或图12或图14所示的网络设备的一部分。该装置包括发送模块2110。可选地,该装置还包括处理模块2130和/或接收模块2150。FIG21 shows a block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, and the device can be implemented as a network device as shown in FIG10 or FIG11 or FIG12 or FIG14, or implemented as a part of a network device as shown in FIG10 or FIG11 or FIG12 or FIG14. The device includes a sending module 2110. Optionally, the device also includes a processing module 2130 and/or a receiving module 2150.
发送模块2110,用于发送第一信号,所述第一信号基于二进制序列生成,所述第一信号用于无线资源管理RRM测量和/或下行同步。The sending module 2110 is used to send a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列与小区标识关联。In some embodiments, the binary sequence is associated with a cell identity.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列包括gold序列,不同小区标识对应不同的gold序列。In some embodiments, the binary sequence includes a gold sequence, and different cell identifiers correspond to different gold sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素,根据第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素和第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素确定;其中,所述第一m序列为m序列优选对中的一个m序列,所述第二m序列为所述m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence; wherein the first m sequence is one m sequence in a preferred pair of m sequences, and the second m sequence is the other m sequence in the preferred pair of m sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述装置还包括处理模块2130,用于确定所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素。In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a processing module 2130, configured to determine a sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素为第一乘积,所述第一乘积为第一差值与第二差值的乘积;其中,所述第一差值为数值1与第二乘积之差,所述第二乘积为数值2与所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素的乘积;所述第二差值为数值1与第三乘积之差,所述第三乘积为数值2与所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is a first product, and the first product is the product of a first difference and a second difference; wherein the first difference is the difference between a value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of a value 2 and a sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence; and the second difference is the difference between a value 1 and a third product, and the third product is the product of a value 2 and a sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素,为所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素与所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素之和的模二结果。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is a modulo-2 result of the sum of the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述a根据如下至少一项确定:所述n、参数m0、第一长度值;所述b根据如下至少一项确定:所述n、参数m1、所述第一长度值;其中,n大于或等于0且小于所述第一长度值,所述第一长度值为所述第一m序列、所述第二m序列的长度值,所述参数m0表示所述第一m序列用于生成所述gold序列时的循环偏移量,所述参数m1表示所述第二m序列用于生成所述gold序列时的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, a is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 0 , and a first length value; b is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 1 , and the first length value; wherein n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value, the first length value is a length value of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, the parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset when the first m-sequence is used to generate the gold sequence, and the parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset when the second m-sequence is used to generate the gold sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述a根据第一取模结果确定,所述第二取模结果为第一和值与所述第一长度值的取模结果,所述第一和值为所述n与所述参数m0之和;所述b根据第二取模结果确定,所述第二取模结果为第二和值与所述第一长度值的取模结果,所述第二和值为所述n与所述参数m1之和。In some embodiments, a is determined according to a first modulo result, the second modulo result is the modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value, the first sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m0 ; b is determined according to a second modulo result, the second modulo result is the modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value, the second sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m1 .
在一些实施例中,所述第一m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定;所述第二m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to rules agreed upon by a communication protocol; the numbering of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to rules agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2130,还用于确定所述a和/或所述b。In some embodiments, the processing module 2130 is further used to determine a and/or b.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列为第一gold序列,所述第一gold序列根据第一m序列和第二m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加得到,所述第一m序列和所述第二m序列构成m序列优选对。In some embodiments, the gold sequence is a first gold sequence, which is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of cyclic shift sequences of a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence, and the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence constitute an m-sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2130,还用于进行循环移位。In some embodiments, the processing module 2130 is further configured to perform cyclic shift.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列为第二gold序列,所述第二gold序列根据第一m序列的循环移位序列和第二m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加得到,所述第一m序列和所述第二m序列构成m序列优选对。In some embodiments, the gold sequence is a second gold sequence, which is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of a cyclic shift sequence of a first m sequence and a cyclic shift sequence of a second m sequence, and the first m sequence and the second m sequence constitute an m sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列为第三gold序列,所述第三gold序列根据第一gold序列经过循环移位得到,所述第一gold序列根据第一m序列和第二m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加得到,所述第一m序列和所述第二m序列构成m序列优选对。In some embodiments, the gold sequence is a third gold sequence, the third gold sequence is obtained by cyclic shifting the first gold sequence, the first gold sequence is obtained by modulo-2 addition of cyclic shift sequences of a first m sequence and a second m sequence, and the first m sequence and the second m sequence constitute an m sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列包括m序列,不同小区标识对应不同的m序列。In some embodiments, the binary sequence includes an m-sequence, and different cell identifiers correspond to different m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列包括m序列集合中的两个m序列,所述两个m序列包括第一m序列和第二m序列,所述第一m序列为m序列优选对中的一个m序列,所述第二m序列为所述m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。In some embodiments, the m-sequence includes two m-sequences in an m-sequence set, the two m-sequences include a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence, the first m-sequence is one m-sequence in a preferred pair of m-sequences, and the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号包括第一子信号和第二子信号,所述第一子信号根据所述第一m序列生成,所述第二子信号根据所述第二m序列生成。In some embodiments, the first signal includes a first sub-signal and a second sub-signal, the first sub-signal is generated according to the first m-sequence, and the second sub-signal is generated according to the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素,根据所述第一m序列中编号为a的 序列元素确定;所述第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素,根据所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素确定。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n 1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is based on the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence. The sequence element is determined; the sequence element numbered n 2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2130,还用于确定所述第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素,和/或,所述第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素。In some embodiments, the processing module 2130 is further configured to determine a sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal and/or a sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素为第一差值,所述第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素为第二差值;其中,所述第一差值为数值1与第二乘积之差,所述第二乘积为数值2与所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素的乘积;所述第二差值为数值1与第三乘积之差,所述第三乘积为数值2与所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is the first difference, and the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is the second difference; wherein the first difference is the difference between the value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence; and the second difference is the difference between the value 1 and the third product, and the third product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列包括的m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the m-sequence included in the binary sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列优选对的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the m-sequence preferred pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述a根据如下至少一项确定:所述n1、参数m0、第一长度值;所述b根据如下至少一项确定:所述n1、参数m1、所述第一长度值;其中,n大于或等于0且小于所述第一长度值,所述第一长度值为所述第一m序列、所述第二m序列的长度值,所述参数m0表示所述第一m序列用于生成所述第一子信号的序列时的循环偏移量,所述参数m1表示所述第二m序列用于生成所述第一子信号的序列时的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, a is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 0 , and a first length value; b is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 1 , and the first length value; wherein n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value, the first length value is a length value of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, the parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset when the first m-sequence is used to generate a sequence of the first sub-signal, and the parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset when the second m-sequence is used to generate a sequence of the first sub-signal.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0根据第一子标识确定,所述参数m1根据第二子标识确定;或者,所述参数m0根据所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识确定;或者,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识和所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识确定;或者,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识和所述第二子标识确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the second sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2130,还用于确定所述参数m0,和/或,所述参数m1。In some embodiments, the processing module 2130 is further configured to determine the parameter m 0 and/or the parameter m 1 .
在一些实施例中,所述第一子标识和所述第二子标识,根据小区标识和/或循环移位步长确定。In some embodiments, the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier are determined according to a cell identifier and/or a cyclic shift step size.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2130,还用于确定所述第一子标识和/或所述第二子标识。In some embodiments, the processing module 2130 is further configured to determine the first sub-identifier and/or the second sub-identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识和参数G的取模结果确定,所述参数m1根据所述第二子标识和参数F的取模结果确定;或者,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识和参数G的取模结果确定,所述参数m0根据所述第二子标识和参数F的取模结果确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识与参数B的商数、所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识与所述参数B的取模结果确定;或者,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识与参数B的商数、所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识与所述参数B的取模结果确定;其中,所述参数B小于所述第一长度值。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; wherein the parameter B is less than the first length value.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0小于或等于所述第一长度值,所述参数m1小于或等于所述第一长度值。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is less than or equal to the first length value, and the parameter m1 is less than or equal to the first length value.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列为m序列子集中的一个m序列,所述m序列在所述m序列子集中的编号根据小区标识确定;其中,所述m序列子集中的各个m序列与通信系统内的各个小区标识一一对应。In some embodiments, the m-sequence is an m-sequence in an m-sequence subset, and the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence subset is determined according to a cell identifier; wherein each m-sequence in the m-sequence subset corresponds one-to-one to each cell identifier in the communication system.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列在所述m序列集合中的编号等于所述小区标识。In some embodiments, the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence set is equal to the cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的m序列数量根据移位寄存器级数和/或循环移位步长确定。In some embodiments, the number of m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the number of shift register stages and/or the cyclic shift step size.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序,由通信协议约定,或者,由所述网络设备指示,或者,为默认的顺序,或者,由终端设备确定。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is a default order, or is determined by a terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺根据如下一种顺序确定:本原多项式系数从高次幂到低次幂的顺序;本原多项式系数从低次幂到高次幂的顺序;本原多项式系数的二进制数从小到大的顺序;本原多项式系数的二进制数从大到小的顺序;循环偏移量从小到大的顺序;循环偏移量从大到小的顺序。In some embodiments, the numbering sequence of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the following order: the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from high power to low power; the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from low power to high power; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from small to large; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from large to small; the order of cyclic offsets from small to large; the order of cyclic offsets from large to small.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的各个循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从小到大地排列在自身对应的基本m序列之后;或者,所述m序列集合内的各个循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从大到小地排列在自身对应的基本m序列之后;或者,所述m序列集合内的全部循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从小到大地排列在全部基本m序列之后;或者,所述m序列集合内的全部循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从大到小地排列在全部基本m序列之后。In some embodiments, each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged after its corresponding basic m-sequence from small to large according to the cyclic offset; or, each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged after its corresponding basic m-sequence from large to small according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences from small to large according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences from large to small according to the cyclic offset.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号占用的时域资源是连续的或不连续的。In some embodiments, the time domain resources occupied by the first signal are continuous or discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号占用的时域资源包括至少两组时域单元,所述至少两组时域单元之间存在时域间隔或不存在时域间隔,所述至少两组时域单元中的每组时域单元是连续的或不连续的。In some embodiments, the time domain resources occupied by the first signal include at least two groups of time domain units, there is a time domain interval or there is no time domain interval between the at least two groups of time domain units, and each group of time domain units in the at least two groups of time domain units is continuous or discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号根据所述二进制序列经过第一调制得到,所述第一调制包括如下一种:OOK调制、PSK调制、BPSK调制、FSK调制。 In some embodiments, the first signal is obtained by a first modulation according to the binary sequence, and the first modulation includes one of the following: OOK modulation, PSK modulation, BPSK modulation, and FSK modulation.
在一些实施例中,一个第一调制符号映射到第一时域单元,或者,多个第一调制符号映射到第一时域单元;其中,所述第一时域单元为所述第一信号占用的一个时域单元,所述第一调制符号为所述第一调制的调制符号。In some embodiments, a first modulation symbol is mapped to a first time domain unit, or multiple first modulation symbols are mapped to a first time domain unit; wherein the first time domain unit is a time domain unit occupied by the first signal, and the first modulation symbol is a modulation symbol of the first modulation.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号根据所述二进制序列经过加扰处理得到;其中,用于加扰处理的序列包括如下至少一种:ZC序列、QPSK序列、QAM序列。In some embodiments, the first signal is obtained by scrambling the binary sequence; wherein the sequence used for scrambling includes at least one of the following: a ZC sequence, a QPSK sequence, and a QAM sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述发送模块2110,还用于发送如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the sending module 2110 is further used to send at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2130,还用于执行调制、加扰、映射等步骤中的至少之一。In some embodiments, the processing module 2130 is further used to perform at least one of the steps of modulation, scrambling, mapping, etc.
在一些实施例中,所述装置还包括接收模块2150,用于接收终端设备发送的信号和/或数据。示例性的,接收模块2150用于接收终端设备基于所述第一信号的同步结果发送的信号和/或数据。示例性的,接收模块2150用于接收终端设备反馈的RRM测量结果。In some embodiments, the apparatus further includes a receiving module 2150, configured to receive a signal and/or data sent by a terminal device. Exemplarily, the receiving module 2150 is configured to receive a signal and/or data sent by a terminal device based on a synchronization result of the first signal. Exemplarily, the receiving module 2150 is configured to receive an RRM measurement result fed back by a terminal device.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的装置,通过gold序列、m序列为发送同步信号、测量信号提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于gold序列、m序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过gold序列、m序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。并且,通过循环移位可以获得海量的gold序列、m序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的gold序列、m序列来生成第一信号。In summary, the device provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured solution for sending synchronization signals and measurement signals through gold sequences and m sequences. Since the gold sequence and m sequence have good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence and m sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. Moreover, a large number of gold sequences and m sequences can be obtained through cyclic shift, which can provide available gold sequences and m sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
图22示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构框图,该装置可以实现成为如图18或图19或图20所示的终端设备,或实现成为如图18或图19或图20所示的终端设备的一部分。该装置包括接收模块2210。可选地,该装置还包括处理模块2230和/或发送模块2250。FIG22 shows a block diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, and the device can be implemented as a terminal device as shown in FIG18, FIG19, or FIG20, or implemented as a part of a terminal device as shown in FIG18, FIG19, or FIG20. The device includes a receiving module 2210. Optionally, the device also includes a processing module 2230 and/or a sending module 2250.
接收模块2210,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号基于二进制序列生成,所述第一信号用于无线资源管理RRM测量和/或下行同步。The receiving module 2210 is used to receive a first signal, where the first signal is generated based on a binary sequence and is used for radio resource management RRM measurement and/or downlink synchronization.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列与小区标识关联。In some embodiments, the binary sequence is associated with a cell identity.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列包括gold序列,不同小区标识对应不同的gold序列。In some embodiments, the binary sequence includes a gold sequence, and different cell identifiers correspond to different gold sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素,根据第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素和第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素确定;其中,所述第一m序列为m序列优选对中的一个m序列,所述第二m序列为所述m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence; wherein the first m sequence is one m sequence in a preferred pair of m sequences, and the second m sequence is the other m sequence in the preferred pair of m sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述装置还包括处理模块2230,用于确定所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素。In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a processing module 2230, configured to determine a sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素为第一乘积,所述第一乘积为第一差值与第二差值的乘积;其中,所述第一差值为数值1与第二乘积之差,所述第二乘积为数值2与所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素的乘积;所述第二差值为数值1与第三乘积之差,所述第三乘积为数值2与所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is a first product, and the first product is the product of a first difference and a second difference; wherein the first difference is the difference between a value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of a value 2 and a sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence; and the second difference is the difference between a value 1 and a third product, and the third product is the product of a value 2 and a sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列中编号为n的序列元素,为所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素与所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素之和的模二结果。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n in the gold sequence is a modulo-2 result of the sum of the sequence element numbered a in the first m sequence and the sequence element numbered b in the second m sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述a根据如下至少一项确定:所述n、参数m0、第一长度值;所述b根据如下至少一项确定:所述n、参数m1、所述第一长度值;其中,n大于或等于0且小于所述第一长度值,所述第一长度值为所述第一m序列、所述第二m序列的长度值,所述参数m0表示所述第一m序列用于生成所述gold序列时的循环偏移量,所述参数m1表示所述第二m序列用于生成所述gold序列时的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, a is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 0 , and a first length value; b is determined according to at least one of the following: n, parameter m 1 , and the first length value; wherein n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value, the first length value is a length value of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, the parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset when the first m-sequence is used to generate the gold sequence, and the parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset when the second m-sequence is used to generate the gold sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述a根据第一取模结果确定,所述第二取模结果为第一和值与所述第一长度值的取模结果,所述第一和值为所述n与所述参数m0之和;所述b根据第二取模结果确定,所述第二取模结果为第二和值与所述第一长度值的取模结果,所述第二和值为所述n与所述参数m1之和。In some embodiments, a is determined according to a first modulo result, the second modulo result is the modulo result of the first sum value and the first length value, the first sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m0 ; b is determined according to a second modulo result, the second modulo result is the modulo result of the second sum value and the first length value, the second sum value is the sum of n and the parameter m1 .
在一些实施例中,所述第一m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定;所述第二m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the first m-sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to rules agreed upon by a communication protocol; the numbering of the second m-sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or indicated by the network device, or determined according to rules agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2230,还用于确定所述a和/或所述b。In some embodiments, the processing module 2230 is further used to determine a and/or b.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列为第一gold序列,所述第一gold序列根据第一m序列和第二m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加得到,所述第一m序列和所述第二m序列构成m序列优选对。In some embodiments, the gold sequence is a first gold sequence, which is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of cyclic shift sequences of a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence, and the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence constitute an m-sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2230,还用于进行循环移位。In some embodiments, the processing module 2230 is further configured to perform cyclic shift.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列为第二gold序列,所述第二gold序列根据第一m序列的循环移位序列和第二m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加得到,所述第一m序列和所述第二m序列构成m序列优选对。In some embodiments, the gold sequence is a second gold sequence, which is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of a cyclic shift sequence of a first m sequence and a cyclic shift sequence of a second m sequence, and the first m sequence and the second m sequence constitute an m sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,所述gold序列为第三gold序列,所述第三gold序列根据第一gold序列经过循环移 位得到,所述第一gold序列根据第一m序列和第二m序列的循环移位序列进行模2相加得到,所述第一m序列和所述第二m序列构成m序列优选对。In some embodiments, the gold sequence is a third gold sequence, and the third gold sequence is cyclically shifted according to the first gold sequence. The first gold sequence is obtained by performing modulo-2 addition of cyclic shift sequences of the first m sequence and the second m sequence, and the first m sequence and the second m sequence constitute an m sequence preferred pair.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列包括m序列,不同小区标识对应不同的m序列。In some embodiments, the binary sequence includes an m-sequence, and different cell identifiers correspond to different m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列包括m序列集合中的两个m序列,所述两个m序列包括第一m序列和第二m序列,所述第一m序列为m序列优选对中的一个m序列,所述第二m序列为所述m序列优选对中的另一个m序列。In some embodiments, the m-sequence includes two m-sequences in an m-sequence set, the two m-sequences include a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence, the first m-sequence is one m-sequence in a preferred pair of m-sequences, and the second m-sequence is the other m-sequence in the preferred pair of m-sequences.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号包括第一子信号和第二子信号,所述第一子信号根据所述第一m序列生成,所述第二子信号根据所述第二m序列生成。In some embodiments, the first signal includes a first sub-signal and a second sub-signal, the first sub-signal is generated according to the first m-sequence, and the second sub-signal is generated according to the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素,根据所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素确定;所述第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素,根据所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素确定。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence; the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is determined according to the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2230,还用于确定所述第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素,和/或,所述第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素。In some embodiments, the processing module 2230 is further configured to determine a sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal and/or a sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一子信号的序列中编号为n1的序列元素为第一差值,所述第二子信号的序列中编号为n2的序列元素为第二差值;其中,所述第一差值为数值1与第二乘积之差,所述第二乘积为数值2与所述第一m序列中编号为a的序列元素的乘积;所述第二差值为数值1与第三乘积之差,所述第三乘积为数值2与所述第二m序列中编号为b的序列元素的乘积。In some embodiments, the sequence element numbered n1 in the sequence of the first sub-signal is the first difference, and the sequence element numbered n2 in the sequence of the second sub-signal is the second difference; wherein the first difference is the difference between the value 1 and the second product, and the second product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered a in the first m-sequence; and the second difference is the difference between the value 1 and the third product, and the third product is the product of the value 2 and the sequence element numbered b in the second m-sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述二进制序列包括的m序列的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the m-sequence included in the binary sequence is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列优选对的编号由通信协议约定,或由所述网络设备指示,或根据通信协议约定的规则确定。In some embodiments, the numbering of the m-sequence preferred pairs is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is determined according to a rule agreed upon by a communication protocol.
在一些实施例中,所述a根据如下至少一项确定:所述n1、参数m0、第一长度值;所述b根据如下至少一项确定:所述n1、参数m1、所述第一长度值;其中,n大于或等于0且小于所述第一长度值,所述第一长度值为所述第一m序列、所述第二m序列的长度值,所述参数m0表示所述第一m序列用于生成所述第一子信号的序列时的循环偏移量,所述参数m1表示所述第二m序列用于生成所述第一子信号的序列时的循环偏移量。In some embodiments, a is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 0 , and a first length value; b is determined according to at least one of the following: n 1 , parameter m 1 , and the first length value; wherein n is greater than or equal to 0 and less than the first length value, the first length value is a length value of the first m-sequence and the second m-sequence, the parameter m 0 represents a cyclic offset when the first m-sequence is used to generate a sequence of the first sub-signal, and the parameter m 1 represents a cyclic offset when the second m-sequence is used to generate a sequence of the first sub-signal.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0根据第一子标识确定,所述参数m1根据第二子标识确定;或者,所述参数m0根据所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识确定;或者,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识和所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识确定;或者,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识和所述第二子标识确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the second sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier; or, the parameter m0 is determined according to the first sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2230,还用于确定所述参数m0,和/或,所述参数m1。In some embodiments, the processing module 2230 is further configured to determine the parameter m 0 and/or the parameter m 1 .
在一些实施例中,所述第一子标识和所述第二子标识,根据小区标识和/或循环移位步长确定。In some embodiments, the first sub-identifier and the second sub-identifier are determined according to a cell identifier and/or a cyclic shift step size.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2230,还用于确定所述第一子标识和/或所述第二子标识In some embodiments, the processing module 2230 is further configured to determine the first sub-identifier and/or the second sub-identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识和参数G的取模结果确定,所述参数m1根据所述第二子标识和参数F的取模结果确定;或者,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识和参数G的取模结果确定,所述参数m0根据所述第二子标识和参数F的取模结果确定。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulo result of the first sub-identifier and parameter G, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulo result of the second sub-identifier and parameter F.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识与参数B的商数、所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识与所述参数B的取模结果确定;或者,所述参数m1根据所述第一子标识与参数B的商数、所述第二子标识确定,所述参数m0根据所述第一子标识与所述参数B的取模结果确定;其中,所述参数B小于所述第一长度值。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m1 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; or, the parameter m1 is determined according to the quotient of the first sub-identifier and parameter B and the second sub-identifier, and the parameter m0 is determined according to the modulus result of the first sub-identifier and the parameter B; wherein the parameter B is less than the first length value.
在一些实施例中,所述参数m0小于或等于所述第一长度值,所述参数m1小于或等于所述第一长度值。In some embodiments, the parameter m0 is less than or equal to the first length value, and the parameter m1 is less than or equal to the first length value.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列为m序列子集中的一个m序列,所述m序列在所述m序列子集中的编号根据小区标识确定;其中,所述m序列子集中的各个m序列与通信系统内的各个小区标识一一对应。In some embodiments, the m-sequence is an m-sequence in an m-sequence subset, and the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence subset is determined according to a cell identifier; wherein each m-sequence in the m-sequence subset corresponds one-to-one to each cell identifier in the communication system.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列在所述m序列集合中的编号等于所述小区标识。In some embodiments, the number of the m-sequence in the m-sequence set is equal to the cell identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的m序列数量根据移位寄存器级数和/或循环移位步长确定。In some embodiments, the number of m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the number of shift register stages and/or the cyclic shift step size.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序,由通信协议约定,或者,由所述网络设备指示,或者,为默认的顺序,或者,由终端设备确定。In some embodiments, the numbering order of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is agreed upon by a communication protocol, or is indicated by the network device, or is a default order, or is determined by a terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺根据如下一种顺序确定:本原多项式系数从高次幂到低次幂的顺序;本原多项式系数从低次幂到高次幂的顺序;本原多项式系数的二进制数从小到大的顺序;本原多项式系数的二进制数从大到小的顺序;循环偏移量从小到大的顺序;循环偏移量从大到小的顺序。In some embodiments, the numbering sequence of the m-sequences in the m-sequence set is determined according to the following order: the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from high power to low power; the order of primitive polynomial coefficients from low power to high power; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from small to large; the order of binary numbers of primitive polynomial coefficients from large to small; the order of cyclic offsets from small to large; the order of cyclic offsets from large to small.
在一些实施例中,所述m序列集合内的各个循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从小到大地排列在自身对 应的基本m序列之后;或者,所述m序列集合内的各个循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从大到小地排列在自身对应的基本m序列之后;或者,所述m序列集合内的全部循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从小到大地排列在全部基本m序列之后;或者,所述m序列集合内的全部循环移位序列,按照循环偏移量从大到小地排列在全部基本m序列之后。In some embodiments, each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged in order of cyclic offset from small to large. or, each cyclic shift sequence in the m-sequence set is arranged after its corresponding basic m-sequence in descending order according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences in descending order according to the cyclic offset; or, all cyclic shift sequences in the m-sequence set are arranged after all basic m-sequences in descending order according to the cyclic offset.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号占用的时域资源是连续的或不连续的。In some embodiments, the time domain resources occupied by the first signal are continuous or discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号占用的时域资源包括至少两组时域单元,所述至少两组时域单元之间存在时域间隔或不存在时域间隔,所述至少两组时域单元中的每组时域单元是连续的或不连续的。In some embodiments, the time domain resources occupied by the first signal include at least two groups of time domain units, there is a time domain interval or there is no time domain interval between the at least two groups of time domain units, and each group of time domain units in the at least two groups of time domain units is continuous or discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号根据所述二进制序列经过第一调制得到,所述第一调制包括如下一种:OOK调制、PSK调制、BPSK调制、FSK调制。In some embodiments, the first signal is obtained by a first modulation according to the binary sequence, and the first modulation includes one of the following: OOK modulation, PSK modulation, BPSK modulation, and FSK modulation.
在一些实施例中,一个第一调制符号映射到第一时域单元,或者,多个第一调制符号映射到第一时域单元;其中,所述第一时域单元为所述第一信号占用的一个时域单元,所述第一调制符号为所述第一调制的调制符号。In some embodiments, a first modulation symbol is mapped to a first time domain unit, or multiple first modulation symbols are mapped to a first time domain unit; wherein the first time domain unit is a time domain unit occupied by the first signal, and the first modulation symbol is a modulation symbol of the first modulation.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信号根据所述二进制序列经过加扰处理得到;其中,用于加扰处理的序列包括如下至少一种:ZC序列、QPSK序列、QAM序列。In some embodiments, the first signal is obtained by scrambling the binary sequence; wherein the sequence used for scrambling includes at least one of the following: a ZC sequence, a QPSK sequence, and a QAM sequence.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块2230,还用于执行调制、加扰、映射等步骤中的至少之一。In some embodiments, the processing module 2230 is further used to perform at least one of the steps of modulation, scrambling, mapping, etc.
在一些实施例中,所述装置还包括发送模块2250,用于向网络设备发送信号和/或数据。示例性的,发送模块2250用于基于所述第一信号的同步结果向网络设备发送信号和/或数据。示例性的,发送模块2250用于向网络设备反馈RRM测量结果。In some embodiments, the apparatus further includes a sending module 2250, configured to send a signal and/or data to a network device. Exemplarily, the sending module 2250 is configured to send a signal and/or data to a network device based on a synchronization result of the first signal. Exemplarily, the sending module 2250 is configured to feed back an RRM measurement result to the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述接收模块2210,还用于接收如下信息中的至少之一:gold序列的编号、第一m序列的编号、第二m序列的编号、m序列优选对的编号、m序列的编号、循环移位步长、m序列集合内的m序列的编号顺序、m序列子集的编号。In some embodiments, the receiving module 2210 is further used to receive at least one of the following information: the number of the gold sequence, the number of the first m sequence, the number of the second m sequence, the number of the m sequence preferred pair, the number of the m sequence, the cyclic shift step, the numbering order of the m sequence in the m sequence set, and the number of the m sequence subset.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的装置,通过gold序列、m序列为下行同步、RRM测量提供了低复杂度低的可行方案。由于gold序列、m序列具备良好的自相关、互相关特性,通过gold序列、m序列生成的第一信号仍然具备这样良好特性,有助于提高下行同步、RRM测量的可靠性和效率。并且,通过循环移位可以获得海量的gold序列、m序列,能够为海量的小区提供可用的gold序列、m序列来生成第一信号。In summary, the device provided in the embodiment of the present application provides a low-complexity and low-featured feasible solution for downlink synchronization and RRM measurement through gold sequences and m sequences. Since the gold sequence and m sequence have good autocorrelation and cross-correlation characteristics, the first signal generated by the gold sequence and m sequence still has such good characteristics, which helps to improve the reliability and efficiency of downlink synchronization and RRM measurement. Moreover, a large number of gold sequences and m sequences can be obtained through cyclic shift, which can provide available gold sequences and m sequences for a large number of cells to generate the first signal.
图23示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备2300的结构示意图,包括:接收器2310和发射器2320。该通信设备2300可用于执行如图18或图19或图20所示的终端设备所执行的至少部分步骤。FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 2300 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, including a receiver 2310 and a transmitter 2320. The communication device 2300 can be used to execute at least part of the steps executed by the terminal device shown in FIG18 or FIG19 or FIG20.
接收器2310和发射器2320可以实现为一个通信组件,该通信组件可以是一块通信芯片,该通信组件可以称为收发器。The receiver 2310 and the transmitter 2320 may be implemented as a communication component, which may be a communication chip, and which may be referred to as a transceiver.
在一些实施例中,接收器2310可用于实现上述接收模块2210的功能和步骤。可选的,接收器2310可以实现为第一接收器2311和/或第二接收器2312。In some embodiments, the receiver 2310 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned receiving module 2210. Optionally, the receiver 2310 may be implemented as a first receiver 2311 and/or a second receiver 2312.
在一些实施例中,发射器2320可用于实现上述发送模块2250的功能和步骤。可选的,发射器2320可以实现为第一发射器2321和/或第二发射器2322。In some embodiments, the transmitter 2320 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned sending module 2250. Optionally, the transmitter 2320 may be implemented as a first transmitter 2321 and/or a second transmitter 2322.
可选的,通信设备2300还可以包括处理器2330。处理器2330包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器2330通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。可选的,处理器2330可用于实现上述处理模块2230的功能和步骤。Optionally, the communication device 2300 may further include a processor 2330. The processor 2330 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 2330 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules. Optionally, the processor 2330 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the processing module 2230 described above.
可选的,通信设备2300还可以包括存储器2340。存储器2340可用于存储至少一个指令,处理器2310用于执行该至少一个指令,以实现上述方法实施例中的各个步骤。此外,存储器2340可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,易失性或非易失性存储设备包括但不限于:磁盘或光盘,电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically-Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,EPROM),静态随时存取存储器(Static Random Access Memory,SRAM),只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,可编程只读存储器(Programmable Read-Only Memory,PROM)。Optionally, the communication device 2300 may further include a memory 2340. The memory 2340 may be used to store at least one instruction, and the processor 2310 may be used to execute the at least one instruction to implement the various steps in the above method embodiment. In addition, the memory 2340 may be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, and the volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but is not limited to: a magnetic disk or optical disk, an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), a static random access memory (SRAM), a read-only memory (ROM), a magnetic memory, a flash memory, and a programmable read-only memory (PROM).
可选的,通信设备2300还可以包括总线(图中未示出)。可选的,存储器2340通过总线与处理器2330相连。Optionally, the communication device 2300 may further include a bus (not shown in the figure). Optionally, the memory 2340 is connected to the processor 2330 via a bus.
在一些实施例中,接收器2310独立进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器2330控制接收器2310进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器2330请求接收器2310进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器2330配合接收器2310进行信号/数据的接收。In some embodiments, the receiver 2310 receives signals/data independently, or the processor 2330 controls the receiver 2310 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2330 requests the receiver 2310 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2330 cooperates with the receiver 2310 to receive signals/data.
在一些实施例中,发射器2320独立进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器2330控制发射器2320进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器2330请求发射器2320进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器2330配合发射器2320进行信号/数据的发送。In some embodiments, the transmitter 2320 independently sends signals/data, or the processor 2330 controls the transmitter 2320 to send signals/data, or the processor 2330 requests the transmitter 2320 to send signals/data, or the processor 2330 cooperates with the transmitter 2320 to send signals/data.
在一些实施例中,第一接收器2311实现为唤醒接收机(Wake-up Receiver,WUR),和/或,第二接收 器2312实现为主接收机。In some embodiments, the first receiver 2311 is implemented as a wake-up receiver (WUR), and/or the second receiver Device 2312 is implemented as a main receiver.
在一些实施例中,接收器2310实现为WUR和主接收机的组合接收器。In some embodiments, receiver 2310 is implemented as a combined receiver of a WUR and a main receiver.
在一些实施例中,第一发射器2321实现为主发射器,和/或,第二发射器2322实现为反向散射发射器。In some embodiments, the first transmitter 2321 is implemented as a main transmitter, and/or the second transmitter 2322 is implemented as a backscatter transmitter.
在一些实施例中,发射器2320实现为主发射器和反向散射发射器的组合发射器。In some embodiments, transmitter 2320 is implemented as a combination transmitter of a main transmitter and a backscatter transmitter.
在一些实施例中,处理器2330与接收器2310可以实现为一个模块,或者,处理器2330可以实现为接收器2310的一部分。In some embodiments, the processor 2330 and the receiver 2310 may be implemented as one module, or the processor 2330 may be implemented as a part of the receiver 2310 .
在一些实施例中,处理器2330与发射器2320可以实现为一个模块,或者,处理器2330可以实现为发射器2320的一部分。In some embodiments, the processor 2330 and the transmitter 2320 may be implemented as one module, or the processor 2330 may be implemented as a part of the transmitter 2320 .
在一些实施例中,通信设备2300包括一个或多个处理器2330,不同处理器用于执行上述与处理相关的步骤中的相同步骤或不同步骤。In some embodiments, the communication device 2300 includes one or more processors 2330, and different processors are used to execute the same steps or different steps in the above-mentioned processing-related steps.
图24示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备2400的结构示意图,包括:处理器2401、接收器2402、发射器2403、存储器2404和总线2405。该通信设备2400可用于执行如图18或图19或图20所示的终端设备所执行的至少部分步骤,或者,可用于执行如图10或图11或图12或图14所示的网络设备所执行的至少部分步骤。FIG24 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 2400 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, including: a processor 2401, a receiver 2402, a transmitter 2403, a memory 2404, and a bus 2405. The communication device 2400 may be used to execute at least some of the steps executed by the terminal device shown in FIG18, FIG19, or FIG20, or may be used to execute at least some of the steps executed by the network device shown in FIG10, FIG11, FIG12, or FIG14.
处理器2401包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器2401通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。在一些实施例中,处理器2401可用于实现上述处理模块2130和/或处理模块2230的功能和步骤。The processor 2401 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 2401 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules. In some embodiments, the processor 2401 can be used to implement the functions and steps of the processing module 2130 and/or the processing module 2230 described above.
接收器2402和发射器2403可以实现为一个通信组件,该通信组件可以是一块通信芯片,该通信组件可以称为收发器。在一些实施例中,接收器2402可用于实现上述接收模块2150和/或接收模块2210的功能和步骤,发射器2403可用于实现上述发送模块2110和/或发送模块2250的功能和步骤。The receiver 2402 and the transmitter 2403 may be implemented as a communication component, which may be a communication chip, and the communication component may be referred to as a transceiver. In some embodiments, the receiver 2402 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned receiving module 2150 and/or receiving module 2210, and the transmitter 2403 may be used to implement the functions and steps of the above-mentioned sending module 2110 and/or sending module 2250.
存储器2404通过总线2405与处理器2401相连。The memory 2404 is connected to the processor 2401 via a bus 2405 .
存储器2404可用于存储至少一个指令,处理器2401用于执行该至少一个指令,以实现上述方法实施例中的各个步骤。The memory 2404 may be used to store at least one instruction, and the processor 2401 may be used to execute the at least one instruction to implement each step in the above method embodiment.
此外,存储器2404可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,易失性或非易失性存储设备包括但不限于:磁盘或光盘,EEPROM,EPROM,SRAM,ROM,磁存储器,快闪存储器,PROM。In addition, the memory 2404 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, and the volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but is not limited to: magnetic disk or optical disk, EEPROM, EPROM, SRAM, ROM, magnetic storage, flash memory, PROM.
在一些实施例中,接收器2402独立进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器2401控制接收器2402进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器2401请求接收器2402进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器2401配合接收器2402进行信号/数据的接收。In some embodiments, the receiver 2402 receives signals/data independently, or the processor 2401 controls the receiver 2402 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2401 requests the receiver 2402 to receive signals/data, or the processor 2401 cooperates with the receiver 2402 to receive signals/data.
在一些实施例中,发射器2403独立进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器2401控制发射器2403进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器2401请求发射器2403进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器2401配合发射器2403进行信号/数据的发送。In some embodiments, the transmitter 2403 independently sends signals/data, or the processor 2401 controls the transmitter 2403 to send signals/data, or the processor 2401 requests the transmitter 2403 to send signals/data, or the processor 2401 cooperates with the transmitter 2403 to send signals/data.
在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一段程序,所述至少一段程序由所述处理器加载并执行以实现上述各个方法实施例提供的信号传输方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is further provided, wherein at least one program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the at least one program is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the signal transmission method provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片在通信设备上运行时,用于实现上述各个方法实施例提供的信号传输方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a chip is also provided, which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions. When the chip runs on a communication device, it is used to implement the signal transmission methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品在计算机设备的处理器上运行时,使得计算机设备执行上述信号传输方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a computer program product is further provided. When the computer program product is executed on a processor of a computer device, the computer device executes the above signal transmission method.
在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括计算机指令,计算机设备的处理器执行所述计算机指令,使得所述计算机设备执行上述信号传输方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a computer program is further provided. The computer program includes computer instructions. A processor of a computer device executes the computer instructions, so that the computer device executes the above-mentioned signal transmission method.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。A person skilled in the art will understand that all or part of the steps to implement the above embodiments may be accomplished by hardware or by instructing related hardware through a program, and the program may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and the above-mentioned storage medium may be a read-only memory, a disk or an optical disk, etc.
以上仅为本申请的可选实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are only optional embodiments of the present application and are not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the present application should be included in the protection scope of the present application.
Claims (84)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/135704 WO2025112001A1 (en) | 2023-11-30 | 2023-11-30 | Signal transmission method and apparatus, and device and medium |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/135704 WO2025112001A1 (en) | 2023-11-30 | 2023-11-30 | Signal transmission method and apparatus, and device and medium |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025112001A1 true WO2025112001A1 (en) | 2025-06-05 |
Family
ID=95896150
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/135704 Pending WO2025112001A1 (en) | 2023-11-30 | 2023-11-30 | Signal transmission method and apparatus, and device and medium |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025112001A1 (en) |
Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN109392080A (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2019-02-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | The method and apparatus of synchronous signal transmission |
| CN110891301A (en) * | 2018-09-10 | 2020-03-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A channel measurement method, terminal device and network side device |
| CN111147162A (en) * | 2018-11-02 | 2020-05-12 | 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 | A transmission method, device and equipment for measuring signal |
| CN111656821A (en) * | 2018-01-25 | 2020-09-11 | 高通股份有限公司 | Resync Signal Design |
| CN112578416A (en) * | 2020-12-03 | 2021-03-30 | 中国人民解放军61081部队 | Time hopping direct sequence code division multiple access navigation signal ranging code optimization method |
| CN113676276A (en) * | 2021-08-06 | 2021-11-19 | 中国电波传播研究所(中国电子科技集团公司第二十二研究所) | A method for measuring fading consistency of shortwave array antennas with separable ionospheric multi-mode mixed propagation |
| US20230209522A1 (en) * | 2020-08-21 | 2023-06-29 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method and related apparatus |
-
2023
- 2023-11-30 WO PCT/CN2023/135704 patent/WO2025112001A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN109392080A (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2019-02-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | The method and apparatus of synchronous signal transmission |
| CN111656821A (en) * | 2018-01-25 | 2020-09-11 | 高通股份有限公司 | Resync Signal Design |
| CN110891301A (en) * | 2018-09-10 | 2020-03-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A channel measurement method, terminal device and network side device |
| CN111147162A (en) * | 2018-11-02 | 2020-05-12 | 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 | A transmission method, device and equipment for measuring signal |
| US20230209522A1 (en) * | 2020-08-21 | 2023-06-29 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method and related apparatus |
| CN112578416A (en) * | 2020-12-03 | 2021-03-30 | 中国人民解放军61081部队 | Time hopping direct sequence code division multiple access navigation signal ranging code optimization method |
| CN113676276A (en) * | 2021-08-06 | 2021-11-19 | 中国电波传播研究所(中国电子科技集团公司第二十二研究所) | A method for measuring fading consistency of shortwave array antennas with separable ionospheric multi-mode mixed propagation |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN111630801B (en) | Sequence design of wake-up signal and resynchronization sequence | |
| US20250119246A1 (en) | Synchronization method and communication apparatus | |
| JP2023531702A (en) | power saving techniques | |
| CN117941433A (en) | Resource allocation method, network equipment and zero-power consumption terminal | |
| CN110890947B (en) | Communication method and device | |
| EP4460107A1 (en) | Wake-up signal receiving method and apparatus, wake-up signal sending method and apparatus, and device and storage medium | |
| US20240259137A1 (en) | Information indication method, network device, terminal, chip, and storage medium | |
| US20250016677A1 (en) | Method for receiving wake-up signals, method for configuring wake-up signals, and device | |
| US20250096958A1 (en) | Wireless communication method and device | |
| WO2025112001A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and apparatus, and device and medium | |
| CN108112081B (en) | Communication method and system | |
| WO2025112004A1 (en) | Wake-up signal transmission method and apparatus, device, and medium | |
| WO2025160875A1 (en) | Feedback method and apparatus, device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025160874A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting signal, device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025111998A1 (en) | Preamble transmission method and apparatus, device, and medium | |
| WO2025231862A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and device, medium, and program product | |
| WO2025184857A1 (en) | Wireless communication methods and apparatuses, and device, storage medium and chip | |
| WO2025091304A1 (en) | Signal transmission methods and apparatuses, and devices and medium | |
| WO2026020469A1 (en) | Preamble transmission method and apparatus, device, medium, and program product | |
| WO2025123191A1 (en) | Frequency offset calibration methods and apparatuses, and device and medium | |
| JP7267581B2 (en) | Wireless communication system and wireless communication method | |
| WO2025208471A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and device, and medium and program product | |
| WO2025030391A1 (en) | Communication methods and apparatuses for synchronization, devices and medium | |
| WO2026011317A1 (en) | Scheduling method for amp iot device, and apparatus, device and medium | |
| WO2025160978A1 (en) | Frequency calibration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23959912 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |